Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Im01f06a00 01en PDF
Im01f06a00 01en PDF
IM 01F06A00-01EN
IM 01F06A00-01EN
19th Edition
i
digitalYEWFLO Series
Vortex Flowmeter
Contents
1. INTRODUCTION........................................................................................ 1-1
1.1 Using This Instrument Safety .......................................................................... 1-2
1.2 Warranty ............................................................................................................. 1-3
1.3 ATEX Documentation ....................................................................................... 1-4
2. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS..................................................................... 2-1
2.1 Checking Model and Specifications ............................................................... 2-1
2.2 Transportation and Storage Precautions ....................................................... 2-1
3. INSTALLATION ......................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 Installation Precautions ................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 Piping Precautions ........................................................................................... 3-1
3.3 Maintenance of Piping ...................................................................................... 3-5
3.4 Cryogenic and High Process Temperature Version Insulation ................... 3-6
3.5 Mounting Procedures ....................................................................................... 3-6
4. WIRING ...................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1 Load Resistance of Output Condition ............................................................ 4-1
4.2 Selection of Wires ............................................................................................. 4-2
4.3 Connection ........................................................................................................ 4-2
4.4 Connection of DYC Remote Type Signal Cable............................................. 4-5
4.5 End Processing Method of DYC Remote Type Signal Cable ....................... 4-6
4.5.1 For Remote Type Vortex Flowmeter (DY-N) ...................................... 4-6
4.5.2 For Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter (DYA)................................ 4-7
4.6 Wiring Procedures and Precautions............................................................... 4-8
4.7 Grounding .......................................................................................................... 4-9
5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES ....................................................... 5-1
5.1 Display Configuration ...................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Display Contents............................................................................................... 5-2
5.3 Display Mode ..................................................................................................... 5-3
5.3.1 Changes to Engineering Display Unit from % Display ...................... 5-4
5.3.2 Indicate the Total Rate in the Data Display(Lower)............................ 5-5
5.4 Setting Mode...................................................................................................... 5-6
5.4.1 Display Configuration of Setting Mode .............................................. 5-6
5.4.2 Data Setting Method .......................................................................... 5-7
IM 01F06A00-01EN
iii
9.10.4 Multidrop Mode .................................................................................. 9-8
9.10.5 Loop Test, Simulation, and Squawk................................................... 9-9
9.10.6 Switching HART Protocol Revision ................................................. 9-12
9.10.7 Other Operations for the HART Configuration Tool ......................... 9-13
9.11 Menu Tree (HART 7) ........................................................................................ 9-14
10. OPERATION ............................................................................................ 10-1
10.1 Adjustment ...................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1.1 Zero Adjustment ............................................................................... 10-1
10.1.2 Span Adjustment .............................................................................. 10-1
10.1.3 Loop Test.......................................................................................... 10-1
10.1.4 Totalizer Start and Totalizer Reset ................................................... 10-2
10.1.5 Setting of Pulse Output (Scaling)..................................................... 10-2
10.1.6 Setting of Burnout Switch................................................................. 10-2
10.1.7 Setting of Write Protect Switch ........................................................ 10-3
10.1.8 Power Failure ................................................................................... 10-3
10.2 Adjustment for Manual Mode ........................................................................ 10-3
10.2.1 Low Cut Adjustment ......................................................................... 10-3
10.2.2 Zero Tuning ...................................................................................... 10-3
11. MAINTENANCE....................................................................................... 11-1
11.1 Changing the Converter and the Terminal Box Orientation....................... 11-2
11.2 Indicator Removal and Rotation.................................................................... 11-3
11.3 Amplifier Unit Removal .................................................................................. 11-3
11.4 Amplifier Unit Assembling ............................................................................. 11-3
11.5 Vortex Shedder Removal ............................................................................... 11-4
11.6 Flow Calculation ............................................................................................. 11-6
12. TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................ 12-1
12.1 Large Errors or Unstable Output................................................................... 12-1
12.2 The Indication Goes to Zero at Certain Time ............................................... 12-1
12.3 No Output When The Fluid is Flowing .......................................................... 12-2
12.4 Output is Indicated at Zero Flow ................................................................... 12-3
12.5 Multi-Variable Type (/MV)................................................................................ 12-4
13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................ 13-1
13.1 Standard Specifications ................................................................................. 13-1
13.2 Model And Suffix Codes................................................................................. 13-5
13.3 Option Specifications ..................................................................................... 13-8
13.3.1 Option Multi-Variable (Built-In Temperature Sensor)
Type (/MV) .....................................................................................13-10
13.3.2 Option Reduced Bore Type (/R1, /R2) ........................................... 13-11
13.4 Sizing .............................................................................................................. 13-11
13.5 Detailed Accuracy .........................................................................................13-13
13.6 Option Specifications (For Explosion Protected Type) ............................13-20
13.7 External Dimensions ....................................................................................13-22
IM 01F06A00-01EN
iv
14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT ................................. 14-1
14.1 ATEX ................................................................................................................. 14-1
14.2 FM ..................................................................................................................... 14-5
14.3 IECEx ................................................................................................................ 14-9
14.4 CSA .................................................................................................................14-12
14.5 TIIS ..................................................................................................................14-15
15. PED (PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE) ....................................... 15-1
INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF
EQUIPMENT
Revision Information
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<1. INTRODUCTION> 1-1
1. INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing the digitalYEWFLO ■ Safety and Modification Precautions
series vortex flowmeter. • The following general safety precautions must
To ensure correct use of the instrument, please be observed during all phases of operation,
read this manual thoroughly and fully understand service, and repair of this instrument. Failure
how to operate the instrument before operating it. to comply with these precautions or with
specific WARNINGS given elsewhere in
■ Regarding This Manual this manual violates safety standards of
• This manual should be provided to the end design, manufacture, and intended use of the
user. instrument. Yokogawa assumes no liability for
• The contents of this manual may be changed the customer’s failure to comply with these
without prior notice. requirements. If this instrument is used in
• All rights are reserved. No part of this manual a manner not specified in this manual, the
may be reproduced in any form without protection provided by this instrument may be
Yokogawa’s written permission. impaired.
• Yokogawa makes no warranty of any kind with • Yokogawa will not be liable for malfunctions or
regard to this material, including, but not limited damage resulting from any modification made
to, implied warranties of merchantability and to this instrument by the customer.
suitability for a particular purpose. • The following safety symbol marks are used in
• All reasonable effort has been made to ensure this manual and instrument.
the accuracy of the contents of this manual.
However, if any errors or omissions are found,
please inform Yokogawa.
WARNING
• The specifications covered by this manual are A WARNING sign denotes a hazard. It calls
limited to those for the standard type under the attention to procedure, practice, condition or the
specified model number break-down and do not like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered
cover custom-made instruments. to, could result in injury or death of personnel.
• Please note that this manual may not be
revised for any specification changes,
construction changes or operating part changes
that are not considered to affect function or CAUTION
performance.
• Yokogawa assumes no responsibilities for this A CAUTION sign denotes a hazard. It calls
product except as stated in the warranty. attention to procedure, practice, condition or the
• If the customer or any third party is harmed by like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered
the use of this product, Yokogawa assumes to, could result in damage to or destruction of the
no responsibility for any such harm owing to product.
any defects in the product which were not
predictable, or for any indirect damages.
IMPORTANT
An IMPORTANT sign denotes that attention is
required to avoid damage to the instrument or
system failure.
NOTE
A NOTE sign denotes information necessary
for essential understanding of operation and
features.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<1. INTRODUCTION> 1-2
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<1. INTRODUCTION> 1-3
(5) Explosion Protected Type Instrument 1.2 Warranty
• The terms of this instrument that are
WARNING
guaranteed are described in the quotation.
• The instruments are products which have We will make any repairs that may become
been certified as explosion protected type necessary during the guaranteed term free of
instruments. Strict limitations are applied charge.
to the structures, installation locations, • Please contact our sales office if this instrument
external wiring work, maintenance and requires repair.
repairs, etc. of these instruments. Sufficient • If the instrument is faulty, contact us with
care must be taken, as any violation of the concrete details about the problem and the
limitations may cause dangerous situations. length of time it has been faulty, and state the
Be sure to read Chapter 14 “EXPLOSION model and serial number. We would appreciate
PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT” the inclusion of drawings or additional
before handling the instruments. For TIIS information.
flameproof type instruments, be sure to • The results of our examination will determine
read “INSTALLATION AND OPERATING whether the meter will be repaired free of
PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF charge or on an at-cost basis.
EQUIPMENT” at the end of this manual.
• Only trained persons use this instrument in ■ The guarantee will not apply in the
the industrial location. following cases:
• Take care not to generate mechanical • Damage due to negligence or insufficient
spark when access to the instrument and maintenance on the part of the customer.
peripheral devices in hazardous locations. • Problems or damage resulting from handling,
operation or storage that violates the intended
use and specifications.
(6) European Pressure Equipment Directive • Problems that result from using or performing
(PED) maintenance on the instrument in a location
that does not comply with the installation
WARNING location specified by Yokogawa.
• Problems or damage resulting from repairs or
• When using the instrument in compliance modifications not performed by Yokogawa or
with PED, be sure to read Chapter 15 “PED someone authorized by Yokogawa.
(PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE)” • Problems or damage resulting from
before use. inappropriate reinstallation after delivery.
• Problems or damage resulting from disasters
such as fires, earthquakes, storms, floods, or
lightning strikes and external causes.
■ Trademarks:
• ‘digitalYEWFLO’, ‘DY’, ‘DYA’, ‘DYC’, and
‘BRAIN TERMINAL’ are registered trademarks
of Yokogawa Electric Corporation. Company
names and product names used in this material
are registered trademarks or trademarks of their
respective owners.
• In this manual, trademarks or registered
trademarks are not marked with ™ or ®.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<1. INTRODUCTION> 1-4
GB SK
CZ
DK
I LT
E LV
EST
NL
PL
SF
SLO
P
BG
RO
S
M
GR
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<2. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS> 2-1
2. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
digitalYEWFLO Series Vortex Flowmeters are 2.2 Transportation and Storage
thoroughly tested at the factory before shipment.
When these instruments are delivered, perform a Precautions
visual check to ascertain that no damage occurred If the instrument is to be stored for a long period of
during shipment. time after delivery, observe the following points.
This section describes important cautions in (1) The instrument should be stored in its original
handling these instruments. Read carefully before packing condition in the storage location.
using them. (2) Select a storage location that fulfils the following
If you have any problems or questions, contact conditions:
your nearest YOKOGAWA service center or sales • A place where it will not be exposed to rain or
representative. water
• A place subject to minimal vibrations or shocks
2.1 Checking Model and • Temperature and humidity levels should be as
follows:
Specifications Temperature:-40 to +80°C
The model and important specifications are Humidity:5 to 100% RH (no condensation)
indicated on the name plate attached to the case. The preferred ambient temperature and
Verify that they are the same as those specified humidity levels are +25°C and approximately
in the original order, read Chapter 13 “GENERAL 65% RH.
SPECIFICATIONS .” In any correspondence, (3) If the digitalYEWFLO vortex flowmeter is
always give model (MODEL) and serial number transferred to the installation site and stored
(NO.) from the name plate. without being installed, its performance may
be impaired due to the infiltration of rainwater
3UA
and so forth. Be sure to install and wire the
digitalYEWFLO vortex flowmeter as soon as
possible after transferring it to the installation
location.
(4) The vortex flowmeter is a heavy instrument. Be
careful that no damage is caused to personnel
through accidentally dropping it, or by exerting
excessive force on the vortex flowmeter. When
moving the vortex flowmeter, always use a
trolley and have at least two people carry it.
*1)
*2)
F0201.ai
*1)
*2)
*1)
*2)
F0202.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-1
3. INSTALLATION
(4) Precautions Regarding Piping
WARNING (a) Ensure that the process connector bolts are
tightened firmly.
This instrument must be installed by expert
(b) Ensure that no leak exists in the process
engineer or skilled personnel. The procedures
connection pipeline.
described in this chapter are not permitted for
(c) Do not apply a pressure higher than the
operators.
specified maximum working pressure.
(d) Do not loosen or tighten the flange mounting
bolts when the assembly is pressurized.
3.1 Installation Precautions (e) Handle the vortex flowmeter carefully when
measuring dangerous liquids, so that the liquids
(1) Ambient Temperature
do not splash into eyes or on face. When using
Avoid an area which has wide temperature dangerous gases, be careful not to inhale them.
variations. When the installation area is
subjected to heat radiation from process plant, (5) Other Considerations
ensure adequate heat prevention or ventilation. • Choose a location where is sufficient clearance
around digitalYEWFLO exist to allow such work
(2) Atmospheric Conditions
as routine inspections.
Avoid installing the vortex flowmeter in a • Choose a location that ensures easy wiring and
corrosive atmosphere. When the vortex piping.
flowmeter must be installed in a corrosive
atmosphere, adequate ventilation must be
provided
3.2 Piping Precautions
(3) Mechanical Shock or Vibration Straight Pipe Length and
The vortex flowmeter is of sturdy construction, Recommendations
but select an area subject to minimize
mechanical vibration or impact shock. If Read Table 3.1 about Valve Position and Straight
the flowmeter is subject to vibrations, it is Pipe Length and so on.
recommended that pipeline supports to be ● Piping support
provided as shown in Figure 3.1. Typical vibration immunity level is 1G for normal
piping condition.Piping support should be fixed in
case of over 1G vibration level.
digitalYEWFLO ● Installation direction
Vortex Flowmeter
If a pipe is always filled with liquids, the pipe can be
installed vertically or at inclined angle.
● Adjacent pipes
Pipeline
The process pipline inner diameter should be larger
than the digitalYEWFLO inner diameter.
Use the following adjacent pipe.
Model Code Adjacent Pipe
Sch40
DY015 up to DY050
or larger inner
DY025/R1 up to DY080/R1
diameter than
Pipeline Support DY040/R2 up to DY100/R2
Sch40
Sch80
DY080 up to DY400 or larger inner
DY100/R1 up to DY200/R1
F0301.ai
DY150/R2 up to DY200/R2 diameter than
Figure 3.1 Example of Pipeline Support Sch80
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-2
Table 3.1 (a) Straight pipe length and recommendations (1)
D: Nominal diameter (mm)
Description Figure
Reducer pipe: digitalYEWFLO
Flow
Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more, and the
Upstream Downstream
downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more for per reducer
pipe.
5D or more 5D or more
Reducer
Flow digitalYEWFLO
2. Double bent pipe; coplanar 2. Upstream Downstream
Flow digitalYEWFLO
3. Upstream Downstream
3. Double bent pipe; non coplanar
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-3
Table 3.1 (b) Straight pipe length and recommendations (2)
D: Nominal diameter (mm)
Description Figure
Fluid vibration: digitalYEWFLO
No good
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-4
Table 3.1 (c) Straight pipe length and recommendations (3)
Description Figure
Heat-Insulation: digitalYEWFLO digitalYEWFLO
When an integral-type flowmeter or a remote type detector is
installed and the pipe carrying higt-temperature fluids is heat- Bracket Nozzle
insulated, do not wrap adiabatic materials around the installation Heat-Insulator Heat-Insulator
the bracket (DY015 to DY100) or the nozzle (DY150 to DY400) of
the converter.
In case of high process temperature, care • Piping Requirements for Proper Operation
should be taken not to burn yourself because Allow the flow to flow against gravity. When
the surface of body and case reach a high the flow is moving with gravity, lift the down-
temperature. stream pipe length above the digitalYEWFLO
installation level to maintain full pipeline.
(1) Gas or Steam Measuring Precautions
• Piping to Prevent Standing Liquid Flow
Mount digitalYEWFLO in a vertical pipeline (No Good) (No Good)
to avoid liquid traps. When digitalYEWFLO
is installed horizontally, raise that part of Flow
the pipeline in which the digitalYEWFLO is
installed. (Good)
(Good) h h>0
(Good)
h
Flow h>0
(Good) Flow Flow
F0303.ai
Flow
(No Good)
Flow
F0302.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-5
• Piping for Avoiding Bubbles (4) Pipeline Diameter and digitalYEWFLO
Flows containing both gas and liquid cause The process pipeline inner diameter should be
problems. Avoid gas bubbles in a liquid flow. slightly larger than the vortex flowmeter inner
Piping should be carried out to avoid bubble diameter, schedule 40 or lower pipe should be
generation. used for 1/2 to 2 inch flowmeters and schedule
Install the valve on the downstream side of the 80 or lower pipes for 3 to 16 inch flowmeters.
flowmeter because pressure drop across the (No Good) (Good)
control valve may cause gas to come out of the
solution.
(Good) Control (No Good)
D1 D2 D1 D2
Value
D1 < D2 D1 D2
F0306.ai
Flow
Stratified flow
digitalYEWFLO
(No Good)
Flow
Upstream shut-off valve Downstream shut-off valve
F0307.ai
Gas Flow
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-6
WARNING
The Vortex Flowmeter is a heavy instrument.
F0308.ai
Please be careful to prevent persons from
injuring whin it is handled.
Installing High Process Temperature
Version Before installing the instrument verify the following.
Installation of the flowmeter is the same as the The direction of flow should match to the arrow
standard type. Cover the flowmeter body with mark on the instrument body. When changing the
heat insulating material following instruction of orientation of the terminal box, read Chapter 11
“CAUTION”. “MAINTENANCE.”
1. Installation of Vortex flowmeter of the wafer and
flange type is shown in Table 3.3.
When installing the wafer type vortex flowmeter,
it is important to align the instrument bore with
the inner diameter of the adjacent piping.
To establish alignment, use the four collars
supplied with the instrument.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-7
• Four collars are supplied for 1/2 inch (15mm) to Table 3.2 Flange Rating
1- 1/2inch (40mm), 2 inch of JIS 10K or ANSI Major Diameter of
Size
class 150, and 3 inch of ANSI class 150. Install mm Flange Rating
External Threed Length
of Stud Bolt d (mm)
the instrument as illustrated in Table 3.3. (inch)
(mm)
• If the adjacent flanges have eight bolt holes,
15mm JIS 10K, 20K/DIN 10,
insert the stud bolts in the holes on the (1/2B) 16,25,40 12 160
instrument shoulder. JIS 40K 16 160
• Stainless steel stud bolts and nuts are available ANSI 150, 300, 600 12.7 155
25mm JIS 10K, 20K, 40K 16 160
on order. When they are to be supplied by the
(1B) ANSI 150 12.7 155
user, read Table 3.2 for stud bolt length. Gaskets ANSI 300, 600 15.9 160
must be supplied by the user. DIN 10, 16, 25, 40 12 160
40mm JIS 10K, 20K/DIN 10,
(1-1/2B) 16, 25, 40 16 160
JIS 40K 20 170
ANSI 150 12.7 155
ANSI 300, 600 19.1 170
50mm JIS 10K, 20K, 40K/ DIN
(2B) 10, 16, 25, 40 ANSI 16 200
150, 300, 600 15.9 200
Pipeline Flange
Pipeline 80mm JIS 10K/DIN 10, 16,
(3B) 25, 40 16 220
JIS 20K, 40K 20 240
ANSI 150 15.9 240
ANSI 300, 600 19.1 240
100mm JIS 10K/DIN 10, 16 16 220
(4B) JIS 20K/DIN 25, 40 20 240
F0311.ai
JIS 40K 22 270
ANSI 150 15.9 240
2. Avoid mounting gaskets which protrude into the ANSI 300 19.1 240
pipeline. This may cause inaccurate readings. ANSI 600 22.2 270
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-8
Table 3.3 (a) Installation of Wafer Type Vortex Flowmeter
Horizontal Installation
When Installation Collar are required, the Electrical
installation vortex flowmeters applied to the Connection
following line sizes and flange ratings.
Flange
Flow
Size mm (inch) Flange Rating Direction
15 to 40 Flange
All ratings Nut
(1/2 to 1-1/2)
Bolt (4 pcs.)
JIS 10K, ANSI class 150, Gasket
50(2)
DIN PN10 to PN40
80(3) ANSI class 150
Collar (4 pcs.)
Gasket Nut
Vertical Installation
WARNING Nut
Gasket
The inside diameter of the gasket must Flange
be larger than the pipe inner diameter
so that it will not disturb the flow in the
pipeline.
Collar (4 pcs.)
Electrical
Connection
WARNING
Gasket
When installing the Flowmeter vertically in the Flange
open air, change the electrical connection port
direction to the ground. If the electrical
connection port is installed upwards, rain Bolt (4 pcs.)
water might leak in.
Nut
In case of vertical installation, two collars in (1) Insert two collars on each two bolts of bottom side of the flowmeter.
the upper part might move after the (2) Fit the flowmeter body to the collars. And tighten the four bolts and nuts
installation. But it doesn't influence the uniformly.
performance, please use the flowmeter under (3) Check for leakage from the flange connections.
such condition.
Nut
Electrical
(1) Insert two stud bolts in the bolt holes Connection
on the flowmeter shoulder to align
the instrument body with the inner
diameter of the adjacent piping.
(2) Tighten all bolts uniformly and check
that there is no leakage between the
instrument and the flanges. Flow Direction
F0312.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<3. INSTALLATION> 3-9
Table 3.3 (b) Installation of Flange Type Vortex Flowmeter
Flow Direction
Flange
Nut Flange
CAUTION Stud Bolt
The inside diameter of the gasket must be Gasket
larger than the pipe inner diameter so that it Nut
will not disturb the flow in the pipeline.
Gasket
Flow Direction
Vertical Installation
F0313.ai
CAUTION The converter is mounted on a 2-inch (60.5mm outer dia.) stanchion or horizontal
pipe.
A signal cable (DYC) is used between the Do not mount the converter on a vertical pipe. It makes wiring and maintenance
remote type flowmeter and the converter. difficult.
The maximum signal cable length is 97.5ft The converter mounting orientation can be changed as illustrated below.
(30m).
Stanchion Mounting Horizontal Pipe Mounting
Nut
Bracket
2-inch Pipe
U-Bolt
F0314.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-1
4. WIRING
4.1 Load Resistance of Output
WARNING
Condition
The wiring of the vortex flowmeter must Be sure to observe the following precautions when
be performed by expert engineer or skilled wiring:
personnel. No operator shall be permitted to
perform procedures relating to wiring. CAUTION
• When the ambient temperature of the wire
exceeds +60°C, use heat-resistant insulated
CAUTION wire with a maximum allowable temperature
more than ambient temperature +30°C or
Once all wiring is complete, check the
above.
connections before applying power to the
• Do not connect cables outdoors in wet
instrument. Improper arrangements or wiring
weather in order to prevent damage from
may cause a unit malfunction or damage.
condensation and to protect the insulation.
• Do not splice the cable between the flowtube
terminal and the converter if it is too short.
Replace the short cable with a cable that is
the appropriate length.
• All the cable ends must be provided with
round crimp-on terminals and be securely
wired.
• Be sure to turn power off before opening the
cover.
• Before turning the power on, tighten the
cover securely.
• Explosion protected types must be wired in
accordance with specific requirement (and,
in certain countries, legal regulations) in
order to preserve the effectiveness of their
explosion protected features.
• The terminal box cover is locked by the
Locking Screw. In case of opening the
terminal box cover, use the hexagonal
wrench attached.
• Be sure to lock the cover by the Locking
Screw using the hexagonal wrench attached
after installing the cover.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-2
IMPORTANT
For pulse output and the simultaneous analog-
pulse output ,use the load resistance. Read
Table 4.1. Integral type Remote type
Supply
4 to 20 mA DC Output Power Supply
+
– and Output Signal Terminals
Pulse
+ Pulse Output Terminal
Grounding Terminal
F0402.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-3
Table 4.1 (a) The wiring example for the analog and pulse and status, alarm output.
Connection Description
Analog Output digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal
Distributor
In this case, Communication + 24V DC
is possible (up to a distance SUPPLY +
of 2km when a CEV cable is
used.)
– 250Ω
–
PULSE +
Pulse Output digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Use the Three-wire shielded cable.
Shielded Cable
In this case, No
communication is possible. SUPPLY + E This supply voltage requires
a power sourse with a
– maximum output current of
*1 no less than E/R+25mA.
PULSE + *2 R Electric counter
Status Output digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Use the Three-wire shielded cable.
Alarm Output
Shielded Cable
E
In this case,
No communication is
SUPPLY + Relay
possible. –
PULSE +
Magnetic
valve
External Power supply
30V DC, 120mA max
(Contact Rating)
AC power supply
*1: To avoid the influence of external noise, use an electric counter which fits to the pulse frequency.
*2: Resistor is not necessary in case of an electric counter which can receive contact pulse signal directly.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-4
Table 4.1 (b) The wiring example for the simultaneous analog and pulse output, the calculation formula of the
range of load registance R for the pulse output.
Connection Description
Simultaneous When analog and pulse output are used, the length of communication line is subjected to wiring conditions. Read
Analog example 1 to 3. If the communication carries out from amplifier, no need to consider wiring conditions.
-Pulse Output *3
Shield Distributor (or communication medium)
Example 1 Shielded Cable For the shielded cables in this
In this case, Communication example of flowmeter installation,
is possible(up to a distance
SUPPLY
+ 24V DC use two-wire separately
shielded cables. *4
of 2km when a CEV cable is
used). – Outer Jacket (R)*2
250
E(10.5 to 30V DC) This supply voltage requires a
PULSE +
Counting input power sourse with a maximum
output current of no less than
Common E/R.
digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal
Electric counter *1 (or communication medium)
Example 2 Recorder or
For the shielded cables in this
Shield example of flowmeter installation,
In this case, Communication Shielded Cable other instrument use two-wire separately shielded
is possible (up to a distance cables. *4
of 200m when a CEV cable
is used) and R = 1kΩ). SUPPLY
+ E(16.4 to 30V DC)
This supply voltage requires a
power sourse with a maximum
(R)*2
– Outer Jacket
Counting input
output current of no less than
E/R+25mA.
PULSE + Common The supply voltage requires output
impedance no more than 1/1000
Electric counter *1 of R (load resistance).
digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal
(or communication medium)
Example 3
Recorder or
In this case, No communi
other instrument
-cation is possible (when
shielded cable is not used).
SUPPLY + (R)*2
E(16.4 to 30V DC) This supply voltage requires
a power sourse with a
– Counting input maximum output current of
no less than E/R+25mA.
PULSE + Common
Electric counter *1
digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal (or communication medium)
The range of load The load resistance should be selected by calculation as shown below.
resistance R for the
pulse output. E (V)*5 0.1
R (k) Example of CEV cable capacitance
120 C ( μF ) × f ( kHz ) 0.1μF/km
2 Where
E (V) E = Supply voltage (V) C = Cable capacitance (μF)
P (mW) =
R (k) f = Frequency of pulse output (kHz) P = Power ratio of the load resistance
R = Value of load resistance (k) (mW)
*1: To avoid the influence of external noise, use an electric counter which fits to the pulse frequency.
*2: Resistor is not necessary in case of an electric counter which can receive contact pulse signal directly.
*3: When using analog and pulse output simultaneously, the HART communication may be influenced by noise comparing analog output
only.
*4: Signal Cable for ADMAG AXF, AXFC-0 (No Termination) is available.
E(V)
*5: Option code: /KS2, /SS2
80
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-5
The maximum cable length is 30 m (97.5 feet). Remote Type Detector (DY-N) DYA Remote Type Converter
DYC
Remove terminal box cover and wiring connection
C T: Only for /MV
dust-cap before wiring.
For remote type converter has two electrical B
Input Terminal from built-
connections (cable inlets). Use the left connection T T in temperature sensor
as viewed from the terminal box for the DYC remote A Input Terminals from
type signal cable and the right connection for the A B vortex detector
transmission cable. Remote Type Detector (DY-N.../E1) C Common Terminal
If a signal cable kit is supplied by YOKOGAWA, F0405.ai
both ends of the cable must be finished in Figure 4.5 Terminal of Detector and Converter
accordance with the following instructions. Read
Section 4.5 “End Processing Method of DYC DYA Remote Type
DYC Remote Type
Remote Type Signal Cable“. Signal Cable
Converter
CAUTION
After completing the signal cable connections,
install the shielded cover to signal cable terminal Shield Cover
Unit : mm
C B A T T A B C
(Black) (White) (Red) (Yellow) (Yellow) (Red) (White) (Black)
Power Cable
70 70 80
80
60 60
50 50 F0406.ai
Converter
Specified
Length (L)
30m (max.)
DYC
T: Only for / MV F0403.ai
Outer shield
To Flowmeter To Converter
(Yellow) T T (Yellow)
(Red) A A (Red)
(White) B B (White)
C (Black)
Inner shield
(Black) C (Bule)
T: Only for / MV F0404.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-6
2 Strip off the black conductive layer convering two 40 (1.6) 5 (0.2)
T*1 (Yellow)
wires completely, as per the dimensions below. A (Red)
3 (0.1)
or less
Twist each of the conductor and drain wires so that
there are no free strands.
50 (2.0) Conductive Layer (Black)
60 (2.4)
B (White)
B (White) 5 (0.2)
5 (0.2) 5 (0.2)
5 Slide FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) tubing 5 (0.2) FEP Insulation Tubing
over the twisted inner and outer drain wires C until C (Black) (Black)
the tubing cannot be slid any further, and then cut
off the tubing leaving 5 mm (0.2 in.) of the stranded T*1 (Yellow)
drain wires exposed. A (Red)
B (White)
6 Slide heat shrinkable tubing over the cable end so C(Black) Heat Shrinkable Tubing
that the tubing covers the braided shield and
overlaps both the polyethylene jacket and loose
T*1 (Yellow)
wires A, B, C, and T*1. A (Red)
B (White)
7 Slide a short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over Crimp and Solder Here
Lug tip Heat Shrinkable Tubing
each of wires A, B, C, and T*1. Install a crimp-on
terminal lug at the tip of each wire. Crimp and
solder each lug. 10
NOTE
Check that the insulation resistance between each
wire including the inner shield is 10M or greater at
500V DC. Ensure that both ends of the wires are
disconnected (open-circuited) during the check.
F0407.ai
(*1): Only for /MV
NOTE CAUTION
In case that the cable end finish Do not touch the '' conductive layer"
parts assembly is necessary (black area covering the signal cables A
80 (3.15) Unit : mm
Black (C) 20 (0.79)
(approx. inches) after delivery, contact your and B) to the converter case, terminal,
White (B) nearest Yokogawa sales office and other leadwires. If it is touched,
Red (A)
or the sales representative operation of the converter may be
Yellow*1(T) 50 (1.97) from which you purchased the incorrect. When the cable is terminated,
60 (2.36)
70 (2.76)
product. remove the conductive layer properly.
F0408.ai
Figure 4.7 End Processing Method of DYC Remote Type Signal Cable for Detector
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-7
4.5.2 For Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter (DYA)
Description Figure
1 Strip off the outer polyethylene jacket, outer braided 15 (0.6) 10 (0.4) Unit : mm
shield and inner jacket, and inner braided shield as (approx. inches)
per the dimensions as shown.
95 5 (0.2)
(3.7)
Conductive
Layer (Black) T*1 (Yellow)
T*1 (Yellow)
5 (0.2) A (Red)
B (White)
NOTE
Check that the insulation resistance between each
wire including the inner shield is 10M or greater at
500V DC. Ensure that both ends of the wires are
disconnected (open-circuited) during the check.
F0409.ai
(*1): Only for /MV
NOTE CAUTION
In case that the cable end
Do not touch the '' conductive layer"
finish parts assembly is
95 (3.74) Unit : mm
(approx. inches)
(black area covering the signal cables
Blue (G)
necessary after delivery,
Black (C) A and B) to the converter case,
contact your nearest
White (B)
terminal, and other leadwires. If it is
Red (A) 3 Yokogawa sales office or the
MAX
touched, operation of the converter
sales representative from
Yellow*1(T) 50 (1.97) may be incorrect. When the cable is
which you purchased the
60 (2.36) 25 (0.98) terminated, remove the conductive
70 (2.76)
product.
80 (3.15)
F0410.ai layer properly.
Figure 4.8 End Processing Method of DYC Remote Type Signal Cable for Converter
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-8
sure to turn the Locking Screw to the left and Figure 4.10 Example of Wiring (DYA Remote Type
lock. Converter)
(*) Flameproof (TIIS, ATEX, IECEx)
Wrench B. Coupling
(3) It recommends using an flexible metal conduit Lock Nut Clamp Nut
and a duct for waterproofing or external Clamp Ring
F0413.ai
Steel Conduit
NOTE
Flameproof
Converter
Be sure to use the flameproof packing adapter
(option code: /G11 or /G12) for TIIS flameproof
type at the time of cable wiring work. Read Table
Tee
4.2.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<4. WIRING> 4-9
(5) Perform attachment of flameproof packing (7) For the TIIS flameproof type with wiring using
adaptor in the following ways. Read Figure a flameproof packing adapter, wire cables
4.11. through the packing adapters approved by
(a) Loosen the locking screw and remove the Yokogawa (option code: /G11 or /G12).
terminal box cover. T1
(e) Insert the cable through the union nut, the Packing
Size
B. coupling, the clamp nut, the clamp ring, Cable outer
diameter
dimensions Identification
mark
Weight
kg (lb)
T1 T2 C D L F G
the packing gland, the washer, the packing,
ø8.0 to ø10.0 ø10.0
and the packing case, in that order. G 1/2 G 1/2
35 39 94.5 (ø0.31 to ø0.39) (ø0.39) ø20.0
16 8-10
0.26
(1.38) (1.54) (3.72) ø10.0 to ø12.0 (ø0.79) (0.57)
(f) Insert the end of the cable into the terminal (ø0.39 to ø0.47)
ø12.0
(ø0.47)
16 10-12
box.
Figure 4.12 Flameproof Packing Adapter (option
(g) Tighten the union cover to grip the cable. code: /G11, /G12)
When tightening the union cover, tighten
approximately one turn past the point where
the cable will no longer move up and down.
Proper tightening is important. If it is too
4.7 Grounding
tight, a circuit break in the cable may IMPORTANT
occur; if not tight enough, the flameproof
effectiveness will be compromised. When a lightning protector (option code: /A) is
(h) Fasten the cable by tightening the clamp selected, use a grounding resistance of 10Ω or
nut. less.
(i) Tighten the lock nut on the union nut.
(j) Connect the cable wires to each terminal. (1) The grounding terminals are located on the
inside and outside of the terminal area. Either
(6)
terminal may be used.
(a) Do not connect cables outdoors in wet
(2) For pulse output version, ground the flowmeter.
weather in order to prevent damage from
Also ground the shielded cable between the
condensation and to protect the insulation.
converter and the pulse receiver.
(b) Do not splice the cable between the
(3) Grounding should satisfy Class D requirements
flowtube terminal and the converter if it is
(ground resistance 100Ω or less).
too short. Replace the short cable with a
(4) Use 600V PVC insulated wire for grounding.
cable that is the appropriate length.
(c) The signal cables must be routed in
separate steel conduit tubes 16 (JIS C
8305) or flexible conduit tubes 15 (JIS C
8309).
(d) Always route the power and output signal
cables in separate steel conduit tubes, Grounding
except when the power supply voltage is 24 Example: Integral Type Terminals
V and four-core cables are used for wiring. F0415.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES> 5-1
1 Data Display
(Upper)
4 Unit Display
3 Alarm Display
5 Setting Keys
F0501.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES> 5-2
● Display Example
SET
SHIFT + SET
Flowrate Display Mode Setting Mode Error Mode
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES> 5-3
F0503.ai
IMPORTANT
After setting a parameter, keep the power on for
at least 30 seconds.
If the power of flowmeter is turned off, a
parameter setting is released.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES> 5-4
5.3.1 Changes to Engineering Display Unit from % Display
The display mode can be changed referring to Section 6.3 “Parameters List.”
Indication of % Indicate “ 01 ” of
display. engineering unit.
SET SET
SET SET
SET SET
Press “ INC ” key any time. Press “ SET ” and “ SHIFT ” key.
SET SET
F0504.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES> 5-5
5.3.2 Indicate the Total Rate in the Data Display(Lower)
The display mode can be changed referring to Section 6.3 “Parameters List.”
Indication of Indicate “ 01 ” of
engineering unit lower the display
display. item.
Lower display is
SET “ Blank ”. SET
SET SET
SET SET
Press “ INC ” key any time. Press “ SET ” and “ SHIFT ” key.
SET SET
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES> 5-6
NOTE
Select Item
SET
IMPORTANT
After setting a parameter, keep the power on for
at least 30 seconds.
If the power of flowmeter is turned off, a
parameter setting is released.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES> 5-7
5.4.2 Data Setting Method
SET SET
SET SET
SET
IMPORTANT
SHIFT INC
After setting a parameter, keep the power on for
at least 30 seconds.
Press “ INC ” key any time. If the power of flowmeter is turned off, a
parameter setting is released.
Set “ 5 ” and indicate
“ 150m3/h ”.
SET
SHIFT INC
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<5. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES> 5-8
Input method of selection items
Example 2: Change the pulse output to alarm output.
The setting mode can be changed referring to Section 6.3 “Parameters List.”
SET SET
SET SET
SET SET
Press “ INC ” key any time. Press “ SET ” and “ SHIFT ” key.
SET SET
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-1
6. PARAMETERS
6.1 digitalYEWFLO Parameters 6.3 Parameters List
The parameters are set before factory shipment. This section describes the parameter of
Set the required parameter of changing fluid, digitalYEWFLO.
contact out and indication of display. • Contents of parameters list.
Item Description
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-2
(1) Item A : Indication
These items are for the indication of flowrate and total.
Decimal Initial
Item Name R/W Data Range Unit Remark Disp. U / D (*1)
Point Value
A00 DISPLAY Menu A (Display)
A10 FLOW RATE (%) R 0.0 to 110.0 % 1 Flow Rate
A20 FLOW RATE R 0.0 to 65535 FU+C40 0 to 5 Flow Rate (in engineering unit)
A30 TOTAL R 0 to 999999 (*2) FU 0 to 5 Totalized Value
(Indicate only for /MV and B50 : TEMP)
A40 TEMP (%) (*1) R 0.0 to 110.0 % 1 Temperature Values (%)
(Indicate only for /MV)
A41 TEMPERATURE (*1) R –999.9 to 999.9 D20 1 Temperature Values
A60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self-diagnostic message
ERROR
FU : Flow unit
/MV : Multi-Variable (Build-in Temperature Sensor) Type
(*1) : Available for 3.10 or greater version that can be checked in K50.
(*2) : There will be linked to the value of B45, it is displayed “E” shows multipiler 10.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-3
(3) Item C : BASIC SETUP
These items are for the basic parameters with setting before shipment.
The parameters, C20 to C50, are not indicated when option code “/MV” is selected and parameter item is
selected in F10 except “Monitor only” or “Not use”.
A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to the indicator.
Decimal Initial
Item Name R/W Data Range Unit Remark Disp. U / D (*1)
Point Value
C00 BASIC SETUP
C10 TAG NO. W 16 characters Tag Number (*2)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-4
Decimal Initial
Item Name R/W Data Range Unit Remark Disp. U / D (*1)
Point Value
(Indicate and Set only for C20 : GAS : STD / Normal)
C30 TEMP UNIT W deg C (0) Selection of Temperature Unit (0) (*2) D L
deg F (1)
C31 TEMP f W -999.9 to 999.9 C30 1 Operating Temperature 15.0 (*2) D L
(Manual Setting Value)
C32 TEMP b W -999.9 to 999.9 C30 1 Standard / Normal 15.0 (*2) D L
Temperature
C33 PRESS UNIT W MPa abs (0) Selection of Pressure Unit (0) (*2) D L
kPa abs (1)
bar abs (2)
kg/cm2 a (3)
psia (4)
C34 PRESS f W 0.00001 to 32000 C33 0 to 5 Absolute Pressure at 0.1013 (*2) D L
Operating Condition
(Manual Setting Value)
C35 PRESS b W 0.00001 to 32000 C33 0 to 5 Absolute Pressure at Standard 0.1013 (*2) D L
Condition
C36 DEVIATION W 0.001 to 10.0 3 Deviation Factor 1.0 (*2) D L
C37 STD/NOR UNIT W Nm 3
(0) Selection of Volumetric Unit at (0) (*2) D L
k Nm3 (1) Normal
M Nm3 (2) Condition
Nl (3) N: Normal
Sm3 (4) S: Standard
k Sm3 (5)
M Sm3 (6)
Sl (7)
scf (8)
k scf (9)
M scf (10)
C40 TIME UNIT W /s (0) Selection of Time Unit (2) (*2) D L
/m (1)
/h (2)
/d (3)
C45 FLOW SPAN W 0.00001 to 32000 FU+C40 0 to 5 Flow Span 10 (*2) D L
C50 DAMPING W 0 to 99 sec 0 Damping Time 4 D L
C60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self-diagnostic Message
ERROR
FU : Flow unit
(*1) : Available for 3.10 or greater version that can be checked in K50.
(*2) : If specified when ordering, it is set to the specified contents.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-5
(4) Item D : Additional Setup
These items are for Auxiliary Setup.
A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to the indicator.
Decimal Initial
Item Name R/W Data Range Unit Remark Disp. U / D (*1)
Point Value
D00 AUX. SETUP Menu D (Additinal Setup)
D10 LOW CUT W * to 32000 FU + C40 0 to 5 Low Cut Flow Rate 0.47 D
*Minimum Flow Rate / 2
D20 TEMP UNIT W deg C (0) Selection of Temperature Unit (0) (*2) D L
deg F (1)
D21 TEMP f W -999.9 to 999.9 D20 1 Operating Temperature (Manual 15.0 (*2) D L
Setting Value)
D25 DENSITY UNIT W kg/m3 (0) Selection of Density Unit (0) (*2) D L
lb/cf (1)
lb/USgal (2)
lb/UKgal (3)
D26 DENSITY f W 0.00001 to 32000 D25 0 to 5 Operating Density (Manual Setting 1024 (*2) D L
Value)
D30 OUT LIMIT (H) W 100.0 to 110.0 % 1 Upper Limit Value 110.0 D L
D35 BURN OUT R High (0) Output Direction at Burn Out (0) D L
Low (1)
D40 SPECIAL UNIT No (0) Selection of change for Special Flow (0) D L
Yes (1) Unit
Special (2)
(Indicate and Set only for D40: Yes, Special)
D41 BASE UNIT R m3 (0) Basic unit for conversion to Special D
k m3 (1) Unit
l (2) N: Normal
cf (3) S: Standard
m cf (4)
k cf (5)
USgal (6)
kUSgal (7)
UKgal (8)
kUKgal (9)
bbl (10)
m bbl (11)
k bbl (12)
kg (13)
t (14)
lb (15)
k lb (16)
Nm3 (17)
k Nm3 (18)
M Nm3 (19)
NI (20)
Sm3 (21)
k Sm3 (22)
M Sm3 (23)
SI (24)
scf (25)
k scf (26)
M scf (27)
D42 USER’S UNIT W 8 characters User’s Unit (*3) L
D43 CONV W 0.00001 to 32000 0 to 5 Conversion Factor 1.0 D L
FACTOR
D60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self-diagnostic Message
ERROR
FU : Flow unit
(*1) : Available for 3.10 or greater version that can be checked in K50.
(*2) : If specified when ordering, it is set to the specified contents.
(*3) : Available characters are same as C10.
Read Section 6.4 “Parameters Description.”
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-6
(5) Item E : Detector Setup
These items are for detector that has been already set before.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-7
(6) Item F: Thermometer (Only for Multi-Variable Type)
These items is for thermometer setting when.
A Value in “( )” is the data corresponding to the indicator.
Decimal Initial
Item Name R/W Data Range Unit Remark Disp. U / D (*1)
Point Value
F00 THERMOMETER Menu F (Thermometer function)
F10 Function W Monitor only (0) Select thermometer function. (0) D L
Saturated Steam (1) (Move to F40 when “Monitor only” is
Superheat Steam (2) selected)
GAS: STD/Normal (3) (Move to F60 when “Not Use” is
LIQUID: Mass (4) selected)
Not use (5)
(Indicate and Set only for F10: Saturated Steam)
F12 MASS UNIT W kg (0) Selection of mass flow rate unit (0) D L
t (1)
Ib (2)
k Ib (3)
(Indicate and Set only for F10: Superheat Steam)
F14 PRSS UNIT W MPa abs (0) Selection of pressure unit (0) D L
kPa abs (1)
bar abs (2)
kg/cm2 a (3)
psia (4)
F15 PRESS f W 0.00001 to 32000 F14 0 to 5 Absolute pressure at operating 0.1013
condition(Manual setting vaiue)
F16 MASS UNIT W kg (0) Selection of mass flow rate unit (0) D L
t (1)
Ib (2)
k Ib (3)
(Indicate and Set only for F10: GAS: STD/Normal)
F18 TEMP UNIT W deg C (0) Selection of temperature unit (0) D L
deg F (1)
F19 TEMP b W -999.9 to 999.9 F18 1 Standard/Normal temperature 15.0 D L
F20 PRESS UNIT W MPa abs (0) Selection of temperture unit (0) D L
kPa abs (1)
bar abs (2)
kg/cm2 a (3)
psia (4)
F21 PRESS f W 0.00001 to 32000 F20 0 to 5 Absolute pressure at operating 0.1013 D L
condition(Manual setting value)
F22 PRESS b W 0.00001 to 32000 F20 0 to 5 Absolute pressure at Standard 0.1013 D L
condition
F23 DEVIATION W 0.001 to 10.000 3 Deviation factor 1.0 D L
F24 STD/NOR UNIT W Nm 3
(0) Selection of volumetric unit at normal (0) D L
k Nm3 (1) condition
M Nm3 (2) N: Normal
NI (3) S: Standard
Sm3 (4)
k Sm3 (5)
M Sm3 (6)
SI (7)
scf (8)
k scf (9)
M scf (10)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-8
Decimal Initial
Item Name R/W Data Range Unit Remark Disp. U / D (*1)
Point Value
(Indicate and Set only for F10: LIQUID: Mass)
F26 DENSITY UNIT W kg/m3 (0) Selection of density unit (0) D L
Ib/cf (1)
Ib/USgal (2)
Ib/UKgal (3)
F27 DENSITY b W 0.00001 to 32000 F26 0 to 5 Density of standard condition 1.0 D L
F28 TEMP UNIT W deg C (0) Selection of temperature unit (0) D L
deg F (1)
F29 TEMP b W -999.9 to 999.9 F28 1 Temperature of standard condition 15.0 D L
F30 1st coef W -32000 to 32000 1/F28 0 to 5 1st temperature coefficient 1.0 D L
F31 2nd coef W -32000 to 32000 1/F282 0 to 5 2nd temperature coefficient 1.0 D L
F32 MASS UNIT W kg (0) Selection of mass flow rate unit (0) D L
t (1)
Ib (2)
k Ib (3)
F35 TIME UNIT W /s (0) Selection of time unit 1 D L
/m (1)
/h (2)
/d (3)
F40 FLOW SPAN W 0.00001 to 32000 FU+35 0 to 5 Flow span 0.5 D L
F45 DAMPING W 0 to 99 sec 0 Damping 4 D L
F50 TEMP DAMPING W 0 to 99 sec 0 Damping for temperture output 4 D L
F52 CABLE LENGTH W 0 to 30 m 0 Cable length for signal cable (0m in 0 D L
case of integral version)
F55 A/OUT SELECT W FLOW (0) Selection of analog output (0) D L
TEMP (1)
(Indicate and Set only for F55: TEMP)
F56 TEMP 0% W -999.9 to 999.9 D20 1 Temperture value at 0% -40 D L
F57 TEMP 100% W -999.9 to 999.9 D20 1 Temperture value at 100% 250 (*2) D L
F58 TEMP ERR OUT W 0% (0) Selection of themometer error output 1 D L
OUT LIMIT(H) (1) when “F55: TEMP” is selected (A
TEMP f (2) value of OUT LIMIT(H) depend on
D30)
F60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self-diagnostic Message
ERROR
(*1) : Available for 3.10 or greater version that can be checked in K50.
(*2) : If 7.00 or less version that can be checked in K50, Initial Value is 260.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-9
(7) Item H : Adjust.
These items are for setting of adjustment.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-10
(9) Item K : Maintenance
These items are for maintenance.
Decimal Initial
Item Name R/W Data Range Unit Remark Disp. U / D (*1)
Point Value
K00 MAINTENANCE Menu K (Maintenance)
K10 TLA W 0.1 to 20.0 1 Trigger Level Adjust 1.0 D
K20 SIGNAL LEVEL W 0.1 to 20.0 1 Signal Level 1.0 D
K25 N.B. MODE W AUTO (0) Selection of Noise balance Mode (0) D
MANUAL (1)
TUNING AT ZERO (2)
K26 NOISE RATIO R / W 0.00 to 2.00 2 Ratio of noise balance D
K28 SET VORTEX F W 0 to 10000 Hz 0 to 5 Output test by setting simulated D
frequency.(*2)
K30 VELOCITY R m/s 2 Velocity D
K32 SPAN V R Hz 2 Span velocity D
K34 VORTEX FREQ. R Hz 0 to 5 Vortex frequency D
K36 SPAN F R 0 to 5 Span frequency D
(Indicate only for F10: Saturated Steam, Superheat Steam, LIQUID: Mass)(*1)
K38 DENSITY R 0.00001 to 32000 D25 0 to 5 Density value (Calculated by D
Thermometer)
K40 ERROR RECORD R Error Records
K45 H VIBRATION W 0% (0) Selection of Output Function when (1) (*3)
NO ACTION (1) “High Vibration” error is indicated.
K50 SOFTWARE REV R 0.01 to 99.99 2 Software Revision Number
K60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self-diagnostic Message
ERROR
/MV : Multi-Variable (Build-in Temperature Sensor) Type
(*1) : Available for 3.10 or greater version that can be checked in K50.
(*2) : Available for 5.10 or greater version that can be checked in K50.
(*3) : If 7.00 or less version that can be checked in K50, Initial Value is 0.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-11
Example
[B20:CONTACT OUT] Contact output
B45 A30 Select contact output.
10000 (= 10 ) 4
999999E4 Item Description
10 (= 10 )
1
999999E1 OFF (0) ------------------------
0.00001 9.99999 SCALED PULSE (1) Scaled pulse output: Read “B21”
UNSCALED PULSE (2) Unscaled pulse output: Read “B21”
FREQUENCY (3) Frequency output: Read “B22”
The following item should be done in case ALARM (4) Alarm output: The status goes
from close to open (OFF) during
of which Option code /MV is selected and alarming.
analog output is “Temperature”. Read Section 6.5 “Self-Diagnostic
(Error Code List)”.
[A40:TEMP(%)] Temperature value FLOW SW (LOW:ON) (5) Status output: Read “B23”
The measured temperature value is displayed by FLOW SW (LOW:OFF) (6) Status output: Read “B23”
“%” to span value of temperature.
The following item should be done in case
[B21:PULSE RATE] Pulse output rate
of which Option code /MV is selected.
Set output rate in a selection of SCALED PULSE or
[A41:TEMPERATURE] Temperature value UNSCALED PULSE.
The measured temperature value is displayed by SCALED PULSE OUTPUT:
engineering unit. When SCALED PULSE is selected in B20, set
flowrate per one pulse output. Rate unit is linking to
the flow unit.
UNSCALED PULSE OUTPUT:
When UNSCALED PULSE is selected in B20, it
outputs the pulse calculated by following formula.
The formula for output pulse number is as follows.
Output pulse number per one second = vortex
number per one second / PULSE RATE set
number.
Read Subsection 10.1.5 “Setting of Pulse Output
(Scaling)”.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-12
[B22:FREQ AT 100%] Pulse numbers of [B47:TOTAL RESET] Reset the totalizer
100% at one second When totalizer reset function is executed, the total
Set pulse number at 100% for one second when display and communication parameter are reset.
“FREQUENCY” in B20 is selected.
The following items should be done in case
Pulse numbers (PPS)
of which Option code “/MV” is selected.
[B50 A/OUT SELECT] Analog Output select
Select the analog output select from flow rate or
temperature.
T=1s When changing the analog output, UPPER
F0601.ai
DISPLAY can be changed shown as below
automatically.
B50 : A/OUT SELECT UPPER DISPLAY
[B23:SET LEVEL] Level of flow switch “TEMP” TO “FLOW” FLOW (%)
“FLOW” TO “TEMP” TEMP (%)
Set level of flow switch when “FLOW SW” in B20 is
selected. The contact output is sent out when the (“B30 : UPPER DISPLAY” is “FLOW RATE”, it can not be
flowrate is less than the set comparison level. changed.)
[B40:TOTAL START]
Select the START/STOP of totalizer from “STOP
(0), START (1).”
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-13
(3) Item C : BASIC SETUP [C26:DENSITY f] Density at normal
These items are for the basic parameters with operation conditions
setting before shipment. Set the density value of the fluid at operating
The parameters which are set in B are not condition for mass flow unit.
necessary to set in C.
[C27:MASS UNIT] Mass flowrate unit
A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to
indicator. Select the mass flowrate unit from kg(0), t(1), lb(2),
k lb(3).
The parameters, C20 to C50, are not
indicated when option code “/MV” is The following item should be done in case
selected and parameter item is selected in of which “C20” is “GAS/STEAM : Volume”.
F10 except “Monitor only” or “Not Use”. [C30:TEMP UNIT] Fluid temperature unit at
[C10: TAG NO] Tag. No operating conditions
Set Tag. No. (16 characters) Select temperature unit at operating condition from
Available characters are as follows. “degC (0), degF (1)”.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZa [C31:TEMP f] Fluid temperature at
bcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz01234567 operating conditions
8 9 . SPACE / - , + * ) ( ’ & % $ # “ ! Set fluid temperature at operating condition.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-14
[C40:TIME UNIT] TIME UNIT [D30:OUT LIMIT] Limit value of output and
Select time unit from “/s(0), /m(1), /h(2), /d(3)” indication
Set limit value of output from 100.0% to 110.0%
[C45:FLOW SPAN] Flowrate span
Set the required span with a numerical value. [D35:BURN OUT] Indication of the output
direction at burn out
[C50:DAMPING] Damping time constant
This is indication of the output direction at burn out.
Set damping time constant values from 0 to 99s. Read Subsection 10.1.6 “Setting of Burnout Switch”
when the output direction can be changed.
(4) Item D (AUX. SETUP) [D40:SPECIAL UNIT] Change to special
These items are for Auxiliary setup. flowrate unit
A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to indicator. No(0) : Off the function
[D10:LOW CUT] Low-cut flowrate Yes(1) : Convert the flow unit for USER’S UNIT
The factor to convert the flow unit comes
from D43. The time unit comes from C40 or
NOTE F35.
Special(2) : Convert the flow unit and time unit for
For D10 setting, be sure to set “NOMINAL SIZE” the USER’S UNIT.
in E10 firstly. The factor to convert the flow unit and
Set to noise elimination or zero flow in the low time unit comes from D43.
flowrate (or low frequency) range. The settable [D41:BASE UNIT] Indication of the base
range for low cut flowrate is more than half- flowrate unit
minimum flowrate.
Indication of the basic flowrate unit when item D40
is “Yes(1)” or “Special(2)”.
NOTE [D42:USER'S UNIT] Free unit for users
In case that Reynolds adjustment (H25), Gas Set in up to 8 alphanumeric characters when item
expansion correction (H30) or select a break D40 is “Yes(1)” or “Special(2)”.
point correction (H40) is necessary to set, The character and sign which can be set up are the
D10: LOW CUT must be set after the items same as C10.
for compensations (H25, H30, H40) are set to [D43:CONV FACTOR] Conversion factor
“ACTIVE”.
Set the conversion factor when item D40 is “Yes(1)”
or “Special(2)”.
[D20:TEMP UNIT] Fluid temperature unit at
Set the conversion factor which is for both flow unit
operating conditions
and time unit in case of “Special(2)”.
Select temperature unit at operating condition from
deg C (0), deg F (1).
[D21:TEMP f] Fluid temperature at
operating conditions
Set fluid temperature at operating condition.
[D25:DENSITY UNIT] Density Unit of Flow
measurement
Select the unit of density from kg/m3(0), lb/cf(1), lb/
USgal(2), lb/UKgal(3).
[D26:DENSITY f] Density at normal
operation conditions
Set the density value of the fluid at operating
condition for mass flow unit
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-15
(5) Item E (METER SETUP) [E50:DETECTOR NO.] Detector number of
These items are for detector set up that has already flowmeter
been set before shipment. Set the serial number using 16 alphanumeric
A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to indicator. characters of the detector combined converter.
[E10:NOMINAL SIZE] Nominal size of the (6) ltem F (Thermometer)
detector These items are for setting of thermometer and
Select the nominal size of the flowmeter, from available when build in thermometer type (Option
15mm(0), 25mm(1), 40mm(2), 50mm(3), 80mm(4), code: /MV).
100mm(5), 150mm(6), 200mm(7), 250mm(8),
[F10: Function] Thermometer function
300mm(9), or 400mm(10).
Select the thermometer function.
[E20:BODY TYPE] Body type for the Monitor only (0): Only temperature
detector measurement.
Select body type for detector from standard or high Saturated Steam (1): Mass Flow rate is calculated
pressure. from density values by
Standard (0) : Standard type temperature measurement
High Pressure (1) : High Pressure type using saturated steam table.
(TOKUCHU) Superheat Steam (2): Mass Flow rate is calculated
Low Flow Unit (1) (2) : Reduced Bore type from density values by
(option code: /R1) temperature measured by
Low Flow Unit (2) (3) : Reduced Bore type using steam table. In order
(option code: /R2) to measure superheat
steam. It is necessary to
NOTE make constant pressure
Parameter setting for the Reduced Bore type, value.
Select Low Flow Unit (1) or (2) and set. Set GAS: STD/Normal (3): Volumetric flow rate
nominal size of the model code to E10: at standard condition
NOMINAL SIZE. is calculated by using
Pressure- Temperature
[E30:SENSOR TYPE] Sensor type for the correction. It is necessary
detector to male constant pressure
value.
Select sensor type for the detector from standard,
LIQUID: Mass (4): Mass flow rate is calculated
/HT, or /LT.
by using the density
Standard (0) : Standard type
change values depend
High Temperature (1) : High Process Temperature
on temperature values by
Version
which the secondary order
Low Temperature (2) : Cryogenic Version
function is used.
[E40:K-FACTOR UNIT] K-factor unit
The following item should be done in case
Select this unit from p/l, p/USgal, p/UKgal. of which F10 is Saturated steam
[F12 MASS UNlT] Mass flow unit
IMPORTANT
Select mass rate unit from kg(0), t(1), lb(2), k lb(3).
K-FACTOR is the eigenvalue of each detector. The following items should be done in case
Please keep the factory preset value. of which F10 is Superheat steam
NEVER REWRITE IT.
(Unless the replacement of the remote type [F14 PRESS UNIT] Pressure unit
detector.) Select pressure unit from MPa abs(0), kPa abs(1),
bar abs(2), kg/cm2 a(3), psia(4).
[E41:K-FACTOR] K-factor
[F15 PRESS f] Pressure value
The flowmeter name plate includes a K-factor (KM)
Set absolute pressure values at operating condition.
at 15°C for the combined detector.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-16
[F16 MASS UNIT] Mass flow unit [F32 MASS UNIT] Mass unit
Select mass flow unit from kg(0), t(1), lb(2), k lb(3). Select mass flow rate unit from kg(0), t(1), lb(2), k
lb(3).
The following items should be done in case
of which F10 is GAS: STD/Normal [F35 TIME UNIT] Time unit
Select time unit from /s(0), /m(1), /h(2), /d(3).
[F18 TEMP UNIT] Temperature unit
Select temperature unit from deg C(0), deg F (1). [F40 FLOW SPAN] Flow span
Set span flow rate, 0 to 32000.
[F19 TEMP b] Temperature b
Set temperature value at normal/standard [F45 DAMPING] Flow damping
condition. Set flow damping, 0 to 99sec.
[F20 PRESS UNIT] Pressure unit [F50 TEMP DAMPING] Temperature
Select pressure unit from MPa abs(0), kPa abs(1), damping
bar abs(2), kg/cm2 a(3), psia(4). Set temperature damping, 0 to 99sec.
[F21 PRESS f] Pressure value f [F52 CABLE LENGTH] Cable length of
Set absolute pressure values at operating condition. signal cable(DYC)
Set cable length(m) of signal cable.
[F22 PRESS b] Pressure value b
In case of the integral type, cable length is set in
Set absolute pressure values at normal/standard 0m.
Condition.
[F23 DAVIATION] Daviation factor IMPORTANT
Set the daviation factor.
Be sure to set this parameter to correct
[F24 STD/NOR UNIT] Standard/Normal unit
temperature measurement error, occured by
Select Volumetric unit at standard/normal condition cable length.
From Nm3(0), k Nm3(1), M Nm3(2), Nl(3), Sm3(4)
k Sm3(5), M Sm3(6), Sl(7), scf(8), k scf(9), M scf(10) [F55 A/OUT SELECT] Analog out select
N: Normal
Select the analog output from FLOW(0), TEMP(1).
S: Standard
The following item should be done in case
The following item should be done in case
of which F55 is TEMP
of which F10 is LIQUID:MASS
[F56 TEMP 0%] Temperature at 0%
[F26 DENSITY UNIT] Density unit
Set temperature value at 0%.
Select density unit from kg/m3(0), lb/cf(1),
lb/USgal(2), lb/UKgal(3). [F57 TEMP 100%] Temperature at 100%
[F27 DENSlTY b] Density b Set temperature value at 100%.
Set density value at standard condition. [F58 TEMP ERR OUT] Output selection of
thermometer error
[F28 TEMP UNIT] Temperature unit
Select output function when thermometer error from
Select temperature unit from deg C(0), deg F(1).
0%(0), OUTLIMIT(H)(1), TEMP f.
[F29 TEMP b] Temperature b In case of OUT LIMIT(H), it is based on parameter
Set temperature value at standard condition “D30”
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-17
(7) Item H (ADJUST) Flowrate error of vortex flowmeter increases as
This item for setting of adjustment. Reynolds number decrease less than 20000.
By setting H25, H26, H27, it corrects the error.
Q f
Re = 354 ×
Dμ
Q: Volumetric flow (m3/h)
D: Internal diameter (mm)
f : Density at operating condition
μ: Viscosity (m Pa · s (cp))
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-18
• Definition of error varies with the type of [J30:OUT STATUS] Status output test
flowmeter. Be careful of the difference in signs Status output test can be executed (OFF(0) or
in the error and corrected value. ON(1)).
When this test is executed, current output is fixed at
f(Hz) 0% (4mA).
Qf = 100
K-factor Exiting this parameter item or stopping access after
ten minutes, this function will be reset automatically.
holds and the error is included in the K-factor. [J40:RELEASE TIME] Release time
Therefore, for the region where the K-factor
Automatic reset time of J10, J20 and J30 can be
shift on the positive side, the corrected value is
change.
negative.
Select from 10min (0), 30min (1), 60min (2), 3h (3),
The corrected value when the calibration fluid
6h (4), or 12h (5).
of the flowmeter and the fluid to be measured
are different must be set as a corrected value
obtained by making both abscissas agree with
respect to the Reynolds number. (9) Item K (Maintenance)
These items are for maintenance.
A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to indicator.
(8) Item J (TEST) [K10:TLA] TLA Adjustment
These items are for test of output. Trigger level (TLA) is adjusted upon shipment.
A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to indicator. Therefore, TLA adjustment is nonnecessity. But set
The test output by setting in J10, J20 or J30 is
TLA adjustment below as
automatically released when shifts from these
• The measurement of Low flow rate area is
parameter items or as following time goes without
access to these parameter items. required.
“K50: SOFTWARE REV” = “6.20” or less: 10 • Mechanical vibration and impact are applied
minutes to digitalYEWFLO and Zero point and low flow
“K50: SOFTWARE REV” = “7.00” or greater: a rate area is output.
value set in J40: RELEASE TIME Note: Read Section 10.2 “Adjustment for
Manual Mode”.
[J10:OUT ANALOG] 4 to 20mA Current
output [K20:SIGNAL LEVEL] Signal Level
It tests 4 to 20mA Current output. Electric current of Set the signal level.
the set value (%) which designates 4 to 20mA as 0 [K25:N. B. MODE] Noise Balance Mode
to 100%.
Set the Noise Balance Mode from “AUTO(0)”,
When this test is executed, transistor contact output
“MANUAL(1)”, or “TUNING AT ZERO(2)”
(Pulse, Alarm, Status) is fixed at ON or OFF (not
determined). [K26:N. B.RATIO] The ratio of Noise
Balance
[J20:OUT PULSE] Pulse output
When “NOISE BALANCE MODE (N. B. MODE)” is
It tests Pulse output.
“AUTO”, noise balance value is the indication only.
The number of pulses which is set (unit: PPS) is
When N.B. mode is “MANUAL”, the noise balance
output.
can be adjusted entering the setting values.
Exiting this parameter item or stopping access after
Note: Read Section 10.2 “Adjustment for Manual
ten minutes which is set in J40, this function will be
Mode”.
reset automatically.
When this test is executed, current output is fixed at [K28:SET VORTEX F] Output test by setting
0% (4mA). simulated frequency
Amplifier check is executed by simulated frequency
input.
Output to be able to check are, analog output, pulse
output/contact output.
Test status also can be seen on display board.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<6. PARAMETERS> 6-19
NOTE
• In case of multi-variable type (option code:
/MV), output value is calculated by setting
density and temperature.
• Available for 5.10 or greater version that can
be checked in K50 SOFTWARE REV.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
Current Output % Output Pulse / Status Output
Diagnostic Pulse Engineering Totalizing Engineering
Indication Error Name Problem Cause Select flow Select Select flow Select How to recover
Message
6.5
Output Unit Output Output Temp Output Pulse(*2) Status(*2) Alarm(*2)
rate temperature rate temperature
Err-01 FLOW Over range Output signal is Fixed at Normal Fixed at Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal OFF(H) Change
OVER output 110% or more(*1) 110%(*1) Operation 110%(*1) Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation parameters or
OUTPUT signal over ranged flow
input
Err-02 SPAN SET Span Setting Span setting Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal OFF(H) Change
ERROR Error parameter is more Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation parameters span
than 1.5 times of factor is outside the
max flow velocity acceptable limits
Err-06 PULSE OUT Pulse output Pulse output Normal Normal Normal Normal Fixed at Normal Normal Normal Fixed at Change
ERROR error frequency is more Operation Operation Operation Operation 10KHz Operation Operation Operation 10kHz parameters
than 10kHz (ItemC,ItemE)
Err-07 PULSE SET Pulse setting Pulse output Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Change
ERROR error frequency setting is Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation parameters
more than 10kHz (ItemC,ItemE)
CHECK Transient Error of Transitional Hold Normal Hold Normal Normal Hold Normal Normal Hold Hold OFF(H) CHECK the
Vibration noise Vibration disturbance Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation vibration
CHECK High Error of High vibration Based on Normal Based on Normal Stop Output Based on Stop the total Normal Normal Normal OFF(H) CHECK the
Vibration vibration Vibration K45 Operation K45 Operation K45 Operation Operation Operation vibration
CHECK Fluctualing Error of Flow Fluctuating Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal OFF(H) CHECK the
Flow Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation clogging
CHECK Clogging Error of Flow Clogging Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal OFF(H) CHECK the
Flow Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation clogging
Err-10(*3) TEMP Over range Temp output signal Normal Fixed at 110% Normal Fixed at 110% Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal OFF(H) CHECK the
OVER Temp output is 110% or more, Operation in case of over Operation in case of over Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation temperature
OUTPUT signal and 0% below. 110%, and fixed 110%, and fixed or temperature
at 0% when at 0% when in span
in case of less case of less than
than 0%.(*1) 0%.(*1)
Err-11(*3) OVER Error of Temp value is -50°C Remain in Remain in Remain in Remain in Remain in Remain in Remain in Remain in Remain in Remain in OFF(H) CHECK the
TEMP temperature below or 300°C operationat operation at operationat operation at operation at operation at operation at operation at operation at operation at temperature
Self-Diagnostic (Error Code List)
over. Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or Temp=-50°C or
Temp=300°C Temp=300°C Temp=300°C Temp=300°C Temp=300°C Temp=300°C Temp=300°C Temp=300°C Temp=300°C Temp=300°C
Err-12(*3) TEMP Error of Disconnection Remain in Based on F58 Remain in Based on F58 Remain in Remain in Remain in Based on Remain in Remain in OFF(H) Change
SENSOR thermometer or short of operation operation operation operation operation F58 operation operation thermometer
FAULT thermometer sensor at Manual at Manual at Manual at Manual at Manual at Manual at Manual sensor.
press function key F2 [DIAG] and the error contents are displayed.
Err-40 FLOW Error of Flow Flow sensor Is fauit. Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal OFF(H) Change Flow
SEBSOR sensor Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation sensor
FAULT
CPU FAULT CPU is All operations are Over 110% Over 110% or Halt Halt Halt Halt Halt Halt Halt Halt Halt Replace the
failed Dead. Display and or -2.5% -2.5% below AMP. unit
self dignostic function below
is also dead.g
When an ERROR is displayed by SELF CHECK in item A60, B60, C60, D60, E60, H60, J60, K60 or M60,
Note. Normal Operation : Operation continues without relation to error occurrence. (*1): “110%” is based on “D30 : OUT LIMIT(H)”.
Remain in Operation : Calculation continues with relation to error occurrence. (*2): Pulse output : These conditions should be done in case of which B20 is “SCALED PULSE”, “UNSCALED PULSE”, “FREQUENCY”.
Status output : These conditions should be done in case of which B20 is “FLOW SW (LOW :ON)”, “FLOW SW (LOW : OFF)”.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
6-20
Alarm output : These conditions should be done in case of which B20 is “Alarm”.
(*3): Only for /MV
<7. OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL (BT200)> 7-1
7.1 Connection Method for the (2) Connection of BT200 to Flow Converter
BT200 Removing a cover and indicator, the terminals
for BRAIN communication are provided on the
(1) Connecting the BT200 to a 4 to 20mA circuit board.
DC Transfer Line Connect BT200 to the terminal of HHT-COM on
The communication signal of the the circuit board.
digitalYEWFLO is superimposed onto the 4 to
20mA DC analog signal to be transferred.
digitalYEWFLO 4 to 20mA DC
Signal
Control room
transmission
Inter mediate Terminal
line Board
SUPPLY terminals
SUPPLY
Receiving
instrument
load
resistance:
WR
Display
BT200 BT200 BT200 BT200
F0701.ai Indicator Mounting Circuit board
Screw (2 PCS)
Figure 7.1 Communicating for a 4 to 20mA DC
Signal Line P
IMPORTANT
COM TP2
Communication signal is superimposed on
analog output signal. It is recommended to HHT
set a low-pass flter (approximately 0.1s) to the
receiver in order to reduce the output effect
from communication signal. Before online- BT200
F0702.ai
communication, confirm that communication Figure 7.2 Connection of BT200 to Flow Converter
signal does not give effect on the upper system.
IMPORTANT
The communicable distance of the transmission
line is restricted depending on the wiring method.
Read Chapter 4 “WIRING.”
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<7. OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL (BT200)> 7-2
With “A : DISPLAY”
PARAM
A10:FLOW RATE(%) displayed on the menu
80.0% panel in the inverse video
A20:FLOW RATE bar, press “ENTER” key
100m3/h
A30:TOTAL
and the flow data screen
1417 appears.
DATA DIAG PRNT ESC Maximum three data items
can be displayed on one
screen.
Function Key
F0703.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<7. OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL (BT200)> 7-3
MENU Enter menu item, and press SET The data setting can be
A:DISPLAY “ ” key. B10:FLOW SPAN completed.
B:EASY SETUP Move the inverse video bar 150.00 m3/h
C:BASIC SETUP
D:AUX. SETUP to “B : EASY SETUP”. If data setting is missing,
E:METER SETUP press “F3” key and reset the
H:ADJUST data.
HOME SET ADJ ESC FEED NO OK
or
F0704.ai
SET
B10:FLOW SPAN
The data setup screen is
displayed.
IMPORTANT
100 m3/h If the security screen is
0
displayed, enter the security After setting a parameter, keep the power on for
code. at least 30 seconds.
DEL CLR ESC If the power of flowmeter is turned off, a
parameter setting is released.
print off
F2:printer on
FEED POFF NO
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<7. OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL (BT200)> 7-4
(2) Setting Output
Example: Change the pulse output to alarm output
MENU Enter menu item, and press SET Pressing the enter key,
A:DISPLAY “ ” key. B20:CONTACT OUT inverse video bar is flashed.
B:EASY SETUP Move the inverse video bar SCALED PULSE
C:BASIC SETUP ALARM
D:AUX. SETUP to “B : EASY SETUP”.
E:METER SETUP Print off
H:ADJUST F2:printer on
HOME SET ADJ ESC FEED POFF NO
2 Times
F0705.ai
4 Times
ESC
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-1
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-2
SUPPLY
Date [Root Menu] → Detailed setup →
– Relaying
terminals Device information → Date
Receiving instrument
load resistance:
250 to 600
HART
HART
Configuration Tool
HART
Configuration Tool When changing the tag number or device
Configuration Tool
F0803.ai
information, enter the information directly within the
Figure 8.2 Connecting the HART Communicator following limitations.
Item Number and characters
Tag 8 *1
WARNING Descripter 16 *1
Message 32 *1
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-3
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-4
8.10.2 Multidrop Mode
IMPORTANT
“Multidropping” devices refers to the connection
of several devices to a single communications When change the protocol revision, confirm the
transmission line. Up to 15 devices can be items below.
connected when set in the multidrop mode. To • Protocol revision supported by HART
activate multidrop communication, the device configuration tool must be the same or
address must be changed to a number from 1 to higher than new protocol revision of the
15. This change deactivates the 4 to 20 mA analog device. (Read Section 8.1 “HART Protocol
output, sending it to 4 mA. The alarm current is also Revision”)
disabled. • Confirm that the DD or DTM which is suitable
(1) Polling address to new protocol revision of device is installed
• Procedure to call up the display in the configuration tool. (Read Section 8.1
DD (HART 5) [Root Menu] → Detailed setup → “HART Protocol Revision” and Section 8.2
Configure outputs → HART output → “HART Configuration Tool and Matching of
DTM (HART 5) Configuration → HART → Device Revision”)
→ Poll addr Enter the number from 1 to 15
(1) Call up the parameter for protocol
(2) Enabling the Multidrop Mode revision change
About the procedure to call up the Polling • Call up the parameter for protocol revision
display, please read the User’s Manual of each change Procedure to call up the Chng
configuration tool. universal rev display.
[Root Menu] Detailed setup Device
information Revision numbers Chng
NOTE universal rev
When the same polling address is set for two or (2) Active the parameter for protocol
more devices in multidrop mode, communication revision change
with these devices are disabled. • Active the “Chng universal rev” method
(3) Communication when set in multidrop mode.
• The HART configuration tool seaches for a IMPORTANT
device that is set in multidrop mode when it is
turned on. When the HART configuration tool The message is displayed to separate the device
is connected to the device, the polling address from the automatic control loop.
andthe tag will be displayed. Confirm that the device is separated.
• Select the desired device. After that, normal
communication to the selected device is (3) Set the protocol revision number
possible. However, the communication speed Input the new revision number
will be slow. An input column for new protocol revision
To release multidrop mode, call up the Poll addr number is displayed.
display and the address to “0”. Input the new HART protocol revision number
8.10.3 Switching HART Protocol Revision of “5” for HART 5 or “7” for HART 7.
Confirm the revision number in the ‘Next
When the output signal code is “-J”, HART protocol universal rev’.
revision of device can be selectable from 5 or 7. [Root Menu] → Detailed setup → Device
The HART protocol revision is set and shipped as information Revision numbers Next
specified in the order. universal rev
To change the HART protocol revision after
shipment, follow the procedure shown below. (4) Applying the new protocol revision
a. Close the configuration tool
After completion of Chng universal rev
method, close the HART configuration tool.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-5
NOTE
When using a Fieldmate, close the main display
of FieldMate.
IMPORTANT
New protocol revision is applied only after having
performed restart of the device.
NOTE
A new HART revision number is displayed on the
indicator after restart the device.
NOTE
When execute the other parameter configuration
or setting change, execute after restart the
configuration tool.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-6
Read only
(R) [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal
(CR)Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write Device revision 4.0 or later
(M)Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
A
Process variables
PV [A20] (CR)
PV % rnge [A10] (CR)
AO1 (CR)
Total [A30] (CR)
(MV) Temp [A41] (CR)
(MV) TV % rnge [A40] (CR)
(MV) AO3 (CR)
B
Diag/Service
Self test/Status
Self test (M)
Status
Status group 1 (R) Status group 1 enum
Status group 2 (R) Status group 2 enum
Status group 3 (R) Status group 3 enum
End
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-7
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
C
Basic setup
Tag * [C10] (RW) Methodd
Easy setup Contact output * [B20] Off
Gas/Steam:Volume ditto
Gas/Steam:Mas ditto
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-8
Read only
(R) [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal
(CR)Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write Device revision 4.0 or later
(M)Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
D
Detailed setup
Characterize meter
Nominal size * [E10] (RW)
Body type * [E20] (RW)
Sensor type * [E30] (RW)
K-factor setup K-factor unit * [E40] (RW)
K-factor * [E41] (RW)
PV units
Fluid * [C20] Methodf
Methodg
Special unit * [D40] No
Configure outputs
Analog outputs
Flow span * [B10] (RW)
Out limit(H) * [D30] (RW)
Burn out [D35] (R)
Totalizer
Total [A30] (CR)
Total start/stop [B40] (RW)
Total rate [B45] (RW)
Total reset [B47] (M)
HART output
Poll addr (RW)
Num req preams (R)
Burst mode (RW) Burst mode enum
Burst option (RW) Burst option enum
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-9
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write Device revision 4.0 or later
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
D1
Signal processing
PV Damp [B15] (RW)
Low cut * [D10] (RW)
Adjust
User adjust * [H20] (RW)
Methodj
Reynolds adjust * [H25] Not active
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-10
(R)Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write Device revision 4.0 or later
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
D2
Device information
Manufacturer (R)
Tag * (RW)
Descriptor * (RW)
Message * (RW)
Date * (RW)
Write protect (R)
Revision numbers
Universal rev (R)
Fld dev rev (R)
Software rev (R)
Hardware rev (R)
Final asmbly num (R)
Dev id (R)
Next universal rev (R)
Chng universal rev (M)
(MV) Thermometer
Function * [F10] Methodl
Monitor only
Not use
E
Review
Review 1
Review 2
Review 3
(MV) Review 4
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-11
F0811.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<8. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 5)> 8-12
• DTM (HART 5) Menu Tree E
Configuration
Meter
5RRW0HQX'70 Nominal size [E10] (RW)
Body type [E20] (RW)
3URFHVVYDULDEOHV A Sensor type [E30] (RW)
K-factor unit [E40] (RW)
'HYLFHVWDWXV B K-factor [E41] (RW)
'LDJDQG6HUYLFH C Detector No
Cable length
[E50]
[F52]
(RW)
(RW)
(DV\VHWXS D Upper display [B30] (RW)
Lower display [B31] (RW)
&RQILJXUDWLRQ E
Flow Setting
&DOLEUDWLRQ F Sensor status (R)
:ULWH3URWHFW G (MV) Function
(MV) Function
(R)
(M)
F0812.ai Fluid (R)
Fluid (M)
Indicate parameter depends on
Read only
(R) [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal
the choice in 'Fluid/Function'.
(CR)Continuous read * Upload/Download Special Units
(RW) Read and Write Device revision 4.0 or later Special unit [D40] (R)
(M)Method of HCF Special unit (M)
Unique Method of DY Base unit [D41] (R)
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type User's unit [D42] (R)
Conversion factor [D43] (R)
Total
A Total [A30] (R)
Process Variables Total start/stop [B40] (RW)
PV [A20] (R) Total rate [B45] (RW)
PV % rng [A10] (R) Total reset (M)
AO1 (R)
Flow span [B10] (R) Adjust
PV damp [B15] (R) User adjust [H20] (RW)
Total [A30] (R) Raynolds adjust [H25] (R)
(MV) Temp [A41] (R) Raynolds adjust (M)
(MV) TV % rnge [A40] (R) Process density [K36] (R)
(MV) AO3 (R) Gas expansion fact [H30] (RW)
(MV) Temp 0% [B51] (R) Flow adjust [H40] (R)
(MV) Temp 100% [B52] (R) Flow adjust (M)
(MV) Temp damping [F50] (R) Indicate parameter only when
'Flow adjust' is activated.
B Maintenance
Lowcut [D20] (RW)
Device Status
TLA [K10] (RW)
Process Variables
Signal level [K20] (RW)
PV [A20] (R)
Noise balance mode [K25] (R)
PV % rnge [A10] (R)
Noise balance mode (M)
(MV) TV % rnge [A41] (R)
Noise ratio [K26] (R)
(MV) Temp [A40] (R)
High vibration [K45] (RW)
Diagnostic List Velocity [K30] (R)
Device Status (R) Span Velocity [K32] (R)
Status group1 (R) Status group 1 enum Vortex frequency [K34] (R)
Status group2 (R) Status group 2 enum Span frequency [K36] (R)
(MV) Status group3 (R) Status group 3 enum Menu type number (RW)
Analog Output
C Flow span [B10] (RW)
Diag and Service PV Damp [B15] (RW)
Loop test (M) AO Arlm typ (R)
Loop test pulse/status (M) Out limit(H) [D30] (RW)
Amplifier check (M) (MV) Analog out select [B50] (R)
Test auto release time [J40] (RW) (MV) Analog out select (M)
Master reset (M) (MV) Temp damping [F50] (RW)
Error Record
Er record status 1 (R) Er record group 1 enum Device information
Er record status 2 (R) Status group 2 enum Model (R)
Er record status 3 (R) Status group 3 enum Manufacturer (R)
Hardware rev (R)
D Software rev (R)
Easy Setup Descriptor (RW)
Tag (RW) Massage (RW)
Contact output [B20] (R) Date (RW)
Contact output (M) Final asmbly num (RW)
Pulse rate [B21] (R)
Freq at 100% [B22] (R) HART
Setting level [B23] (R) Tag (RW)
Flow span [B10] (RW) Poll addr (RW)
(MV) Analog out select [B50] (R) Dev id (R)
(MV) Analog out select (M) Universal rev (R)
Temp 0% [B51] (R) Fld dev rev (R)
Temp 100% [B52] (R) Next universal rev (R)
PV Damp [B15] (RW) Chng universal rev (M)
(MV) Temp damping [F50] (RW) Num req preams (R)
Total rate [B45] (RW) Physical signl code (R)
Upper display [B30] (RW) Burst mode (RW) Burst mode enum
Lower display [B31] (RW) Burst option (RW) Burst option enum
F0813.ai F
Calibration
D/A trim (M)
Scaled D/A trim (M)
G
Write Protect
write protect (M)
Software seal (R)
F0814.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-1
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-2
NOTE P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _
` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
Before updating any setting, remember to p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~
always check the data content you want to
F0904.ai
change as described in Section 6.4 “Parameters
Description”.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-3
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-4
Update time period of each measurement value is (1) Burst Message
as follows; The parameters for Burst Message are as
• Flow rate: Flow rate Update time period follows.
• Total: Total Update time period • Transmit data: command parameters of Burst
• Temperature: Temperature Update time period Command
• Density: Density Update time period • Device variables:
9.10.2 Burst Mode • Update period
• Transmit condition: choice in Burst Msg Trigger
When the Burst mode is enabled, the device
Mode
continuously sends up to three data listed in Table
Read Table 9.1 for the combination between
9.1.
command parameter and transmit condition.
When the Burst mode is set to “Wired HART
[Root Menu] → Detailed setup → Configure
Enabled”, the device continuously sends alarm
outputs → HART output → Burst Condition →
signal also.
Burst Message1, 2, 3 → Burst command
Read Subsection 9.10.3 “Event Notification” for
detail. NOTE
When changing the setting of Burst mode, set “Off”
to the Burst mode. Default setting is “Off”. • In case of Burst Mode setting change, confirm
Burst Mode parameter is OFF.
• Prioritize to use the 'Burst Message 1'.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-5
(2) Burst mode setting procedure
• Procedure to call up the display
DD (HART 7) [Root Menu] → Detailed setup →
DTM (HART 7) Configure outputs → HART output →
Burst Condition → Burst Message 1,2
or 3 → Burst Command
Burst transmition
setup
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-6
a. Burst Command c. Update Period and Max Update Period
Select the transmission data at Burst Command Set to Update Period and MaxUpdate Period.
parameter. Set greater value of update period than a value
Burst Command Command parameter which is set in each process value.
Cmd1:PV Variable assigned to PV For Update Period, set the value that is smaller
Cmd2:% range/current % range/current (Percent of rang, than Max Update Period.
Loop current)
• Procedure to call up the display
Cmd3:Dyn vars/current Process vars/current (Loop current,
DD (HART 7) [Root Menu] → Detailed setup →
PV, SV, TV, QV)
DTM (HART 7) Configure outputs → HART output →
Cmd9:Device vars Process vars/% range/current Burst Condition → Burst Message1, 2
w/Status Mapping by user or 3 → Set Burst Period →
Cmd33:Device Process vars/% range/current → Update Period 0.5 s
Variables Mapping by user /Max Update 1s
Cmd48:Read Additional Self diagnosis information Period
2s
Device Status
4s
8s
b. Burst Variable Code
16 s
This parameter is possible to be set when Burst 32 s
Command is Cmd9:Device vars w/Status (up to 1 min
eight items) and Cmd33: Device Variables (up to 5 min
four items). 10 min
Set device variables to a bare minimum to avoid to 15 min
get the communication time longer. 30 min
• Procedure to call up the display 45 min
DD (HART 7) [Root Menu] → Detailed setup → 60 min
DTM (HART 7) Configure outputs → HART output →
Burst Condition → Burst Message1, 2 or 3
→ Burst Device Variables → d. Burst Msg Trigger Mode
Burst Variable Code →
Display Item Contents Set The Burst Msg Trigger Mode from the
Flowrate Flowrate parameters shown below.
Total Total flow When Burst Msg Trigger Mode is Window, Rising
Temperature Temperature or Falling, set the Burst Trigger Level.
Density Density • Procedure to call up the display
%rnge Select the % output DD (HART 7) [Root Menu] → Detailed setup →
DTM (HART 7) Configure outputs → HART output →
Loop current Select the output current
Burst Condition → Burst Message1, 2 or 3
PV Select the PV value → Set Burst Trigger →
SV Select the SV value Display Item Contents
TV Select the TV value Continuous Burst Message is transmitted contiuously.
QV Select the QV value Window It detects that the absolute value of the
Not use – amount of change of a device variable value
became beyond the preset value of Burst
Trigger Level, and transmits.
Rising It detects that the device variable value
became beyond the preset value of Burst
Trigger Level, and transmits.
Falling It detects that the device variable value
turned into below the preset value of Burst
Trigger Level, and transmits.
On-change It detects that the device variable value
changed and transmits.
*1: Check transmitting conditions with the cycle set as Update
Period, and when it corresponds to conditions, they transmit.
Moreover, even if it does not correspond to conditions, it
transmits compulsorily with the cycle set up by Max Update
Period.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-7
e. Burst Mode b) Event Notification Retry Time/ Max
When the Burst mode is set to Wired HART Update Time/ Event Debounce Interval
Enabled, the device starts to send the data. Set to Event Notification Retry Time, Max
• Procedure to call up the display Update Time and Event Debounce Interval.
[Root Menu] → Detailed setup → Configure For Event Noteification Retry Time, set the
outputs → HART output → Burst condition → Burst value thet is smaller than Max Update Time.
Message1, 2 or 3 → Burst mode → Wired HART Event Notification Retry
Event Debounce Interval
Enabled Time/Max Update Time
— Off
9.10.3 Event Notification 0.5 s 0.5 s
When a setting change and a change of the Self- 1s 1s
diagnostics occur, device detect it as an event and 2s 2s
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-8
b) Acknowledge Event Notification 9.10.4 Multidrop Mode
Execute Acknowledge Event Notification “Multidroping” devices read the connection
method. of several devices to a single communication
1) Set the event number which is confirmed in transmission line. Up to 63 devices can be
a)5 to enter Event Number. connected when set in the multidrop mode. To
2) OK. activate multidrop communication, the device
3) Set “Trans 1: Send Acknowledge” to Select address must be changed to a number from 1 to 63.
Transaction. If it sets to multidrop mode, in order to transmit all
4) OK. the data in digital one, it is necessary to change a
5) Confirm Event Status is 0x00. setup of the analog signal output of four to 20 mA.
(3) Event Notification Record (DTM) Setting of Multidrop Mode
• Procedure to call up the display (1) Polling address
DTM (HART 7) [Root Menu] → Detailed setup → • Procedure to call up the display
Configure outputs → HART output →
DD (HART 7) [Root Menu] → Detailed setup →
Event Notification → Knowledge →
DTM (HART 7) Configure outputs → HART output →
→ Acknowledge Acquisition of the event number and
→ Poll addr Enter the number from 1 to 63
Event approval.
Notification
(2) Enabling the Multidrop Mode
About the procedure to call up the Polling
a) Get Event Number
display, read the User’s Manual of each
Confirm the latest event number. configuration tool.
Execute Acknowledge Event Notification Usually, set Disable to Loop current mode
method. and fix an analog output signal to 4mADC. It
1) Set “0” to enter Event Number. becomes impossible in this case, to also use a
2) OK. burnout output.
3) Set “Trans 0: Read Event Notification” to However, in the case of the application which
Select Transaction. receives and operates an analog output signal,
4) OK. an analog output signal can be used for one
5) Confirm Event Number. loop to variable one set, setting it up. In this
case, set Enable to Loop current mode.
b) Confirmation record of Event • Procedure to call up the display
Notification DD (HART 7) [Root Menu] → Detailed setup →
DTM (HART 7) Configure outputs → Analog output →
Confirm four events checked in a). Loop current mode →
1) Set the event number which is confirmed in Enabled Loop current mode is enabled.
a)5 to enter Event Number. Disabled Loop current mode is disabled.
2) OK.
3) Set “Trans 0: Read Event Notification” to
NOTE
Select Transaction.
4) OK. When the same polling address is set for two or
5) Knowledge menu displays events record. more devices in multidrop mode, communication
Ex.) When the confirmed event number is 123. with these devices are disabled.
Event Number Explanation
123 The latest event
122 An event before the once.
121 An event before the twice.
120 An event before three times.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-9
(3) Communication when set in the multidrop (2) Device Variable Simulation Function
mode. (Effective only when setting to HART 7)
• The HART configuration tool searches for a Using the simulation function, the output signal can
device that is set in multidrop mode when it is be confirmed by setting any value and status to the
turned on. When the HART configuration tool selected device variable.
is connected to the device, the polling address Call up the parameter (Method) and follow the
and the tag will be displayed. message shown.
• Select the desired device. After that, normal After completing the step 5 in the next table, the
communication to the selected device is simulation starts.
possible. However, the communication speed • Procedure of device variable simulation
will be slow. Call up the [Root Menu] → Diag/Service →
step1
(4) Release the Multidrop Mode parameter Simulate (M)
To release multidrop mode, call up the Poll 2 Selection of Select one parameter from the list
addr display and set the address to “0”. Device Variable below
Off
Return Loop current mode to Enable. Flow rate
Total
Temperature
9.10.5 Loop Test, Simulation, and Squawk Density
Percent range
(1) Loop test Loop Current
3 Setting of Value Input the simulate value
This feature can be used to output a fixed current
4 Setting of Data Select one parameter from the list
for loop checks. quality below
• Procedure to call up the Loop test (Method) Bad
[Root Menu] → Diag/Service → Loop test Poor accuracy
Manual / Fixed
Good
5 Setting of Limit Select one parameter from the list
status below
Not limited
Low limited
High limited
Constant
NOTE
• The simulations act on current, LCD display,
communication and alarm.
• The simulation of total flow rate acts on
LCD display and communication, not on
measuring total flow rate.
The measuring total flow rate is continuosly
working during simulation.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-10
Compensate process
temp.
Simulation
Damping Process temp.
(vortex freq.)
Low cut
Simulation
Total flow rate
Test Status
Status output
Or
Test Pulse Total flow Flow rate Process Process
Pulse output rate density temperature
Mapping
Contact out setting
PV SV TV QV
F0907.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-11
• Simulation Setting and Correlation of Output Value
<Case A>: Without option code /MV
Simulation Output value
Setting value Flow rate Total flow rate Process temperature Process density Contact output PV % Range Loop Current
Flow rate Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes
Total flow rate No Yes No No No No No
Process No No Yes No No No No
temperature
Process density No No No Yes No No No
PV % Range No No No No No Yes Yes
Loop Current No No No No No No Yes
Yes : Simulation value or calculation result of Simulation.
No : Actual process value or parameter setting value.
Output value
Simulation
PV= Instaneous flow rate PV= Process temperature
Setting value
PV % Range Loop Current PV % Range Loop Current
Yes Yes <Case B-1, 2, 3> <Case B-1, 2, 3>
No No
Flow rate
<Case B-4> <Case B-4>
Not available Not available
No No <Case B-1, 2, 3> <Case B-1, 2, 3>
No No
Total flow rate
<Case B-4> <Case B-4>
Not available Not available
<Case B-1, 4> <Case B-1, 4> <Case B-1, 2, 3> <Case B-1, 2, 3>
Process No No Yes Yes
temperature <Case B-2, 3> <Case B-2, 3> <Case B-4> <Case B-4>
Yes Yes Not available Not available
<Case B-1, 3, 4> <Case B-1, 3, 4> <Case B-1, 2, 3> <Case B-1, 2, 3>
No No No No
Process density
<Case B-2> <Case B-2> <Case B-4> <Case B-4>
Yes Yes Not available Not available
Yes Yes <Case B-1, 2, 3> <Case B-1, 2, 3>
Yes Yes
PV % Range
<Case B-4> <Case B-4>
Not available Not available
No Yes <Case B-1, 2, 3> <Case B-1, 2, 3>
No Yes
Loop Current
<Case B-4> <Case B-4>
Not available Not available
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-12
(3) Squawk (Effective only when setting to (1) Call up the parameter for protocol revision
HART 7) change
This feature can be used to identify the • Procedure to call up the Chng universal rev
communicating device by remotely causing LCD to display.
display the particular pattern as shown in the Figure [Root Menu] → Detailed setup →
DD (HART 5/7)
Device information → Revision numbers →
9.4 DTM (HART 7)
Chng universal rev
“SQUAWK” continues for approximately 10 DTM (HART 5) [Root Menu] → Configuration →
seconds, then is released automatically. HART → Chng universal rev
• Procedure to call up the Squawk display
[Root Menu] → Diag/Service → Squawk(Method) (2) Activate the “Chng universal rev” method
IMPORTANT
The message is displayed to separate the device
from the automatic control loop.
Confirm that the device is separated.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-13
NOTE
A new HART revision number is displayed on
the integral indicator for three seconds after
restart the device. (Read Section 9.2 “HART
Configuration Tool and Matching of Device
Revision”)
NOTE
When execute the other parameter confirmation
or setting change, execute after restart the
configuration tool.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-14
A
Process variables
Flow rate [A20] (CR)
Total [A30] (CR)
Temp [A41] (CR)
%rnge [A10] (CR)
Loop Current (CR)
Device variable status
Flow rate Data Quality (CR) Data quality enum
Flow rate Limit Status (CR) Limit status enum
Total Data Quality (CR) Data quality enum
Total Limit Status (CR) Limit status enum
Temp Data Quality (CR) Data quality enum
Temp Limit Status (CR) Limit status enum
%rnge Data Quality (CR) Data quality enum
%rnge Limit Status (CR) Limit status enum
Loop Current Data Quality (CR) Data quality enum
Loop Current Limit Status (CR) Limit status enum
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-15
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal.
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
B
Diag/Service
Self test/Status
Self test (M)
Status
Status group 1 (R) Status group 1 enum
Status group 2 (R) Status group 2 enum
(MV) Status group 3 (R) Status group 3 enum
Cfg chng count (R)
Reset Cfg chng flag (M)
Ext dev status (R) Ext dev status enum
End
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-16
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal.
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
C (DD)
Basic setup
Tag * [C10] (RW)
Long Tag * (RW)
Methodd
Easy setup Contact output [B20] Off
Methodf
Amessage for thermometer type and "Saturated steam", "Superheat steam",
"Gas: STD/Nomal" or "Liquid: Mass" is selected
Now *** setting mode of thermometer. Please
set at another menu. Process abort.
Gas/Steam:Volume ditto
Gas/Steam:Mas ditto
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-17
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal.
(CR) Continuous read
(RW) Read and Write
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
C (DTM)
Basic setup
Tags
Tag (RW)
Long tag (RW)
Easy setup
Contact output (M) Methodd
Display mode
Upper display [B30] (RW)
Lower display [B31] (RW)
Totalizer
Total [A30] (R)
Total start/stop [B40] (RW)
Total rate [B45] (RW)
Total reset (M)
Device information
Date (RW)
Descriptor (RW)
Massage (RW)
Write protect (R)
Model (R)
Others
Fluid (M) Methodf
F0913.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-18
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal.
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
D
Detailed setup
Characterize meter
Nominal size * [E10] (RW)
Body type * [E20] (RW)
Sensor type * [E30] (RW)
Configure outputs
Analog outputs
Flow span * [B10] (RW)
Out limit(H) * [D30] (RW)
Burn out [D35] (R)
Loop current mode (RW) Loop current mode enum
Channel flags (R)
Totalizer
Total [A30] (CR)
Total start/stop [B40] (RW)
Total rate [B45] (RW)
Total reset [B47] (M)
HART output
Poll addr (RW)
Loop current mode (RW) Loop current mode enum
Num req preams (R)
Num resp preams (RW)
Burst condition
Burst message 1
Burst mode (RW) Burst mode enum
Burst command (RW) Burst command enum
Burst device variables (RW) Burst device variables enum
Set Burst Trigger (M)
Set Burst Period (M)
Burst trigger mode (R)
Burst trigger level (R)
Update period (R) Update period enum
Max update period (R) Update period enum
Loop current mode enum Burst mode enum Burst command enum
Disabled Off Cmd 1 : PV
Enabled Wired HART Enabled Cmd 2 : % range/current
Cmd 3 : Dyn vars/current
Cmd 9 : Device vars w/ status
Cmd 33: Device variables
Cmd 48 : Read Additional Device Status
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-19
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal.
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
D1
Event notification
Event notification control
Event mask
Device Status Mask
Status group 1 (RW) Status group 1 enum
Status group 2 (RW) Status group 2 enum
Status group 3 (RW) Status group 3 enum
Ext dev status Mask (RW) Ext dev status enum
Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask (RW) Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask
Knowledge
Acknowledge event notification (M)
Event Status (R)
Event Number (R)
Time first unack event triggered (R)
Latched Cfg chng count (R)
Latched Device Status (R)
Status group 1 (R) Status group 1 enum
Status group 2 (R) Status group 2 enum
(MV) Status group 3 (R) Status group 3 enum
Latched Ext dev status (R) Ext dev status enum
Latched Device Diagnostic Status S (R) Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-20
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal.
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
D2
Signal processing
Flow rate damping value [B15] (RW)
Low cut * [D10] (RW)
Adjust
User adjust * [H20] (RW)
Methodj
Reynolds adjust * [H25] Not active
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-21
(R) Read only [ ] Parameter No. in display and BRAIN Terminal.
(CR) Continuous read * Upload/Download
(RW) Read and Write
(M) Method of HCF
Unique Method of DY
(MV) Only for Multi-Variable Type
D3
Device information
Manufacturer (R)
Tag * (RW)
Long tag * (RW)
Descriptor * (RW)
Message * (RW)
Date * (RW)
Write protect (R)
Revision numbers
Universal rev (R)
Fld dev rev (R)
Software rev (R)
Hardware rev (R)
Final asmbly num (R)
Dev id (R)
Next universal rev (R)
Chng universal rev (M)
(MV) Thermometer
Function
Methodl
Monitor only
Not use
E
Review
Review 1
Review 2
Review 3
(MV) Review 4
Device profile enum Country enum Pressure unit enum
Process automation device 0x5553 "US" MPa abs
Discrete device 0x4a50 "JP" kPa abs
0x4445 "DE" kg/Sqcm abs
0x4652 "FR" bar abs
0x4553 "ES" psia
0x5255 "RU"
0x434e "CN" F0917.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<9. OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL (HART 7)> 9-22
F0918.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<10. OPERATION> 10-1
10. OPERATION
After you have installed the flowmeter into the 3. In case the load resistance is 250Ω, digital
process piping, wired the input/output terminals, set multimeter indicates 5V. Otherwise if it is known
up the required parameters, the vortex flowmeter load resistance value, it indicates R (Ω) 0.02
should output an accurate flow signal from its (A).
terminals as soon as the measured liquid begins to 4. Check output value is in the rated value (±0.016
flow. mA) after set 50% in Parameter J10.
This section describes procedure of test method 5. Check output value is in the rated value (±0.016
and adjustment method for the pre-operation. mA) after set 0% in Parameter J10.
NOTE SUPPLY +
24V DC
250 ±10%
The initial parameter setting has already been SUPPLY –
done at the factory according to the sizing data
when ordering. Therefore it is not necessary to
digital
set parameters except measurement condition multimeter
changes or some additions happen.
10.1 Adjustment
10.1.1 Zero Adjustment
BT200
No zero adjustment is necessary since the zero F1001.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<10. OPERATION> 10-2
10.1.4 Totalizer Start and Totalizer Reset 10.1.6 Setting of Burnout Switch
When using the Totalizer Function, the start setup digitalYEWFLO is equipped with a CPU error
should be done. burnout function used to set the output direction
(1) Start operation using BT200 upon CPU error, and a sensor burnout function
Enter to B40(TOTAL START), and move the that sets the direction of the output in the event of
video bar to “EXECUTE”. Push “ENTER” key burnout of the temperature sensor. When factory-
at 2 times. shipment under normal conditions, the output of
(2) Start operation using indicator both CPU error burnout and sensor burnout are
Enter to “Setting mode”, move to B40 of set to HIGH, but if option code /C1 is specified,
parameter number, and enter to “01” of data the CPU error burnout is set to LOW(-2.5% below)
number. output, and sensor burnout is set to LOW(-2.5%
Read Section 5.4 “Setting Mode.” below) output, respectively. The setting of the
Totalized value can be reset using the indicator or direction of output from burnout can be changed.
BT200. To change the direction of output arising from
(1) Reset operation using BT200 burnout, switch the setting pin on the CPU
Enter to B42 (TOTAL RESET), and move the assembly (Read Table 10.1).
video bar to “EXECUTE”. Push “ENTER” key at Table 10.1 Output Setting Pin for Burnout
2 times. CPU error CPU error
Pin
(2) Reset operation using indicator burnout burnout Remark
position
Enter to “Setting mode”, move to B47 of direction output
parameter number, and enter to “01” of data H
Number. 110% or more Set to HIGH
HIGH
(21.6mA DC) before shipment.
Read Section 5.4 “Setting Mode.” L
● Pulse Rate setting Figure 10.2 Pin position of Burnout and Write
Protect Switch
Pulse rate setting is settable by “B21:PULSE
RATE”.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<10. OPERATION> 10-3
10.1.7 Setting of Write Protect Switch 10.2 Adjustment for Manual Mode
By setting the write protect function to “Protect”, it is digitalYEWFLO does not need the initial adjustment
possible to prevent the overwriting of parameters. because digitalYEWFLO is always adjusted by itself
Write protection can be carried out using either the automatically.
hardware switch on the CPU board (i.e., Switch These adjustments should be done in case that
2) or software parameter settings. If either of indicator reads over zero at zero flow.
these items is set to “Protect”, the overwriting of
parameters will be prohibited. 10.2.1 Low Cut Adjustment
Adjust to noise elimination or zero flow in the low
NOTE flowrate (or low frequency) range.
The settable range for low cut flowrate is to half of
If the hardware switch is set to “Protect”, it minimum flowrate.
will not be possible to overwrite parameters;
furthermore, this condition will be maintained 10.2.2 Zero Tuning
until the switch is set to “Enable”. This adjustment should be done according to a flow
For more details regarding usage of the write figure shown below.
protect function and the software’s parameter START
After a power is recovered, the vortex flowmeter Figure 10.3 Tuning Flow
and the totalizing start to work automatically.
EEPROM doesn’t need a battery for backup. If this adjustment is executed, the following value is
changed.
K25:N.B MODE = MANUAL
K26:NOISE RATIO=Constant value
Minimum flowrate is increased when TLA value is
changed form initial value.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<10. OPERATION> 10-4
1. Tuning method
(1) Ensure the condition of flowrate
The necessary condition for tuning function is zero
flow.
2. TLA value
TLA values is possible to change after executing
“TUNING”. In this case, minimum flowrate is
increased.
Minimum flowrate for TLA value is given by below
equation.
3. Output
After tuning, ensure that the indication reads is zero
where no fluid is flowing.
If the indication reads over zero is done
continuously, retry the tuning and ensure the below
condition.
Does high vibrations occur in pipeline?
In this case, read Section 3.1 “Installation
Precautions”, and keep the pipeline properly.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<11. MAINTENANCE> 11-1
11. MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Disassemble work should be done only for error occurrence.
• Maintenance work must be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel and not by operators.
• Before opening the cover, it is important to ensure that at least 10 minutes have passed since the power
was turned off. Furthermore, opening of the cover must also be carried out by expert engineer or skilled
personnel.
CAUTION
• It is prohibited by law for the user to modify flameproof instruments. It is not permitted to add or remove
indicators. If modification is required, contact YOKOGAWA.
• Explosion protected type must be, as a rule, removed to a non-hazardous area for maintenance and be
disassembled and reassembled to the original state.
• For TIIS and ATEX explosion protected type, the display cover is locked by the Locking Screw. In case
of opening the display cover, use the hexagonal wrench attached.
• Be sure to lock the cover by the Locking Screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the
cover.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<11. MAINTENANCE> 11-2
<1> Remove the converter cover. In case of the explosion <1> Remove the terminal box cover. In case of the explosion
protected type cover removal, loosen the Locking Screw protected type cover removal, loosen the Locking Screw
(WAF: 3mm). (WAF: 3mm).
<2> For indicator and amplifier unit removal, read Section 11.2 <2> Disconnect the vortex shedder assembly lead-wires from
“Indicator Removal and Rotation” and Section 11.3 the terminal box. In case of the explosion protected type,
“Amplifier Unit Removal”. loosen the Locking Screw (WAF: 1.5mm).
<3> Disconnect the vortex shedder assembly lead-wires from <3> Remove the bracket mounting bolts and remove the
the converter. In case of the explosion protected type, terminal box and bracket from the flowmeter body.
loosen the Locking Screw (WAF: 1.5mm). The bracket applies to the 1 (25mm) to 4 (100mm) inch
<4> Remove the bracket mounting bolts and remove the flowmeters.
converter and bracket from the flowmeter body. The <4> Remove the hexagon mounting bolts in case of 90-degree
bracket applies to the 1 (25mm) to 4 (100mm) inch turn.
flowmeters. <5> Turn the terminal box to the desired orientation. When
<5> Remove the hexagon mounting bolts in case of 90-degree reassembling the terminal box, reverse the above
turn. procedure.
<6> Turn the converter to the desired orientation. When <6> After changing the direction, make sure the impedance
reassembling the converter, reverse the above procedure. between the earth terminal and the metal part of body,
<7> After changing the direction, make sure the impedance vortex shedder assembly or bracket is 100RUOHVV
between the earth terminal and the metal part of body,
vortex shedder assembly or bracket is 100RUOHVV
Locking Screw Locking Screw
For the explosion For the explosion
protected type WAF: protected type
Flameproof (TIIS, 3mm Flameproof (TIIS, WAF:
3mm
ATEX, IECEx) ATEX, IECEx)
Terminal Box
Shielded Cover
Terminal Box Cover Bracket
Amplifier Unit
Bracket
Indicator
Hexagon Bracket Mounting
Mounting Bolt (two)
Bolt (four) Locking
Screw Hexagon Mounting
Bracket Bolt (four)
(WAF: 1.5mm)
Locking Mounting Wire
Wire Vortex Shedder
Screw Bolt (two)
Converter Cover Assembly
(WAF: 1.5mm) Vortex Shedder
Assembly
*Wire Color Terminal
*Wire Color Terminal
Red A Red A
White B White B
Body
Body
F1101.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<11. MAINTENANCE> 11-3
2 Mounting Holes
F1103.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<11. MAINTENANCE> 11-4
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<11. MAINTENANCE> 11-5
Vortex shedder
Mounting Bolt *
Converter Case Color Wire
Converter Cover
Locking
Screw
Converter Vortex Shedder
Mounting Bolt Assembly
Bracket
Mounting Gasket
Bolt
Integral Type
Terminal Box
Locking Screw
Locking
Terminal
Screw Bracket
Box Cover
Bracket
Mounting
Bolt
Allen Bolt
Remote Type
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<11. MAINTENANCE> 11-6
g
c f c f
c d
Upstream Upstream Upstream
e d
e d
h
Number of bolts: 2
Number of bolts: 4
Number of bolts: 6
e
j f j l
c h c g
Upstream Upstream
g d h d
e i k i
f
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<11. MAINTENANCE> 11-7
(2) Flow Conversion Factor (Uk) (3) Mass Flow calculation
Flow conversion factor Uk is obtained by carrying (a) Steam
out the following computation depending on the In case of saturated steam, mass flow rate is
selection of the fluid to be measured and the flow calculated from density values to temperature
unit. measured by using saturated steam table.
(a) Steam
M (Mass flowrate): In case of superheat steam, mass flow rate is
Uk=ρf × Uρf × Uk (kg).... (11.9.1) calculated from density values to temperature
Uk=ρf × Uk (lb) .... (11.9.2) measured by using steam table. In order to
Qf (Flowrate at operation): measure superheat steam, it is necessary to
Uk=Uk (m3) .... (11.10.1) make constant pressure value. A pressure
Uk=Uk (acf) .... (11.10.2) values which is entered in parameter is used.
(b) Gas
Qn (Flowrate at STP): M = ρft × Qf .............................................. (11.17)
P T + 273.15 1
Uk = f × n × × Uk (Nm )
(b) Gas
3
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<11. MAINTENANCE> 11-8
Where
M : Mass flow
Qn : Volumetric flow rate at standard condition
Qf : Volumetric flow rate at oprtating condition
Tn : Temperature at operating condition (°C),
(°F)
Tf : Temperature at standard condition (°C), (°F)
Tft : Measured temperature value (°C), (°F)
Pf : Pressure at operating condition (kPa abs),
(psi)
Pn : Pressure at standard condition (kpa abs),
(psi)
K : Deviation factor
ρft : Density calculated by temperature value
ρn : Density at standard condition (kg/m3), (lb/cf)
ρf : Density at operating condition
Upf : Density unit conversion factor
Uk(kg), Uk(Nm3), Uk(m3) : Flow rate unit conversion
factor
a1 : 1st temperature coefficient
a2 : 2nd temperature coefficient
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<12. TROUBLESHOOTING> 12-1
12. TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION
Please avoid replacing the amplifier unit from the case, and the vortex shedder bar. When these procedures
are needed, please contact the nearest Yokogawa office.
No
Was a faulty area Yes
found with self-diagnosis?
No
Note 1: This is the temperature and pressure at digitalYEWFLO
mounted place.
Note 2: Contact with our service in case this is not carried out into
the right statement.
F1201.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<12. TROUBLESHOOTING> 12-2
Yes
Are the power polarities No Check the
correct? polarities.
Read Section 10.1 "Adjustment" No Replace the
and loop test is OK? AMP unit. Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes Replace the
Is the low cut configured correctly?
AMP unit.
No
Configure the Low
cut value correctly.
Is the TLA value configured No Configure the TLA value, read Section
correctly? 10.2 "Adjustment for Manual Mode."
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Replace the
This case is due to coating of AMP unit.
vortex shedder bar.
Check the shedder bar piping inner
surfaces.
F1202.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<12. TROUBLESHOOTING> 12-3
Yes
Is fluid flowing? Stop flow.
No
Yes
Yes
Is digitalYEWFLO No
properly grounded? Ground digitalYEWFLO.
Yes
Yes
No
Does the tuning execute? Execute the tuning, read Section
10.2 "Adjustment for Manual Mode"
Yes
No
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<12. TROUBLESHOOTING> 12-4
Yes
Was a faulty area
found with self-diagnostic?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
F1204.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-1
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-2
Weight: Selection of HART 5/ HART 7
Read Section 13.7 “External Dimensions”. Output Signal
-E -J
Code
Mounting:
Integral type and Remote type detector: Ordering
— Specify “5” Specify “7”
Information
Flange mounting or wafer mounting by
HART Protocol
flange adjacent to the pipeline. HART 5 HART 7
Revision
Remote type converter: 2 inch pipe mounting. YES
Electrical Specifications Be sure to
Note*: Pulse output,alarm output and status output use the confirm the
common terminal, therefore these functions are not Requirement protocol
used simultaneously. for HART 7 NO revision
functionarlity of the HART
Output Signal (): Dual Output (Both Analog configuration
and Transistor contact output can be obtained Selection tool
guide shown in *2.
simultaneously). In this case read Section 3.2
Not
“Piping Precautions” for power supply and available Available to
pulse output wiring. Other
to switch to switch to HART
HART 7 7 protocol after —
Analog: 4 to 20 mA DC, 2-wire system. conditions
protocol delivery by
Transistor Contact Output*: after userconfiguration.
Open collector, 3-wire system. delivery.
parameter setting. *1: “-E” is HART5 exclusive model and will be terminated. “-J”
is recommended for HART communication.
Contact rating: 10.5 to 30 V DC, 120 mA DC*1 *2: HART protocol revision for the device and HART
Low level: 0 to 2 V DC. (read Figure 13.3) configuration tool HART7 communication is supported
*1: 10.5 to 30V DC, 80mA DC for ATEX Intrinsically Safe by FieldMate R2.02 or later.
Approval (/KS2) and IECEx Intrinsically Safe Approval HART protocol revision and availability
(/SS2)
Protocol revision
Communication Requirements: supported by HART
Communication Signal: configuration tool
BRAIN or HART communication signal 5 7
(superimposed on a 4 to 20 mA DC signal) DY or DYA HART 5 Available Available
Note: HART is a registered trademark of the HART DY or DYA HART 7 Not Available Available
Communication Foundation.
Note: Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool must
Conditions of Communication Line: be the same or higher than that of the digitalYEWFLO.
Load Resistance: Functions:
250 to 600 Ω(including cable resistance). Damping Time Constant:
Read Figure 13.2. 0 to 99 Sec (63% response time)
Supply Voltage: Note: Delay time is 0.5 Sec.
Analog output circuit time constant is 0.3 Sec.
16.4 to 42 V DC for digital communications
Pulse Output Function*:
BRAIN and HART protocols. (16.4 to 30 V DC
Pulse output is selected from scaled pulse,
for intrinsically safe type).
unscaled pulse, frequency (number of pulses
Read Figure 13.2.
output per second at 100% of output).
BRAIN:
Pulse frequency: Max 10 kHz
Space from other Power Line: 15cm or more
Duty cycles: Approx.50% (1:2 to 2:1)
(Parallel wiring should be avoided.)
Self-diagnostics and Alarm Output *:
Communication Distance:
In case alarm (over range output signal,
Up to 2 km,when polyethylene insulated
EEPROM error, vibration noise, abnormal flow
PVC-sheathed cables (CEV cables) are used.
such as clogging, bubble) occurs, an alarm
Communication distance varies depending on
signal is output and indicated.
type of cable used and wiring.
The alarm signal output goes from close(ON) to
Load Capacitance: 0.22 μF or less
open(OFF) during alarming.
Load Inductance: 3.3 mH or less
Analog Output Function:
Input Impedance Communicating Device:
Analog output is selected from flowrate and
10 kΩ or more at 2.4 kHz.
temperature value when option code /MV is
selected.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-3
Status Output Function*: CE Marking:
Flow Switch: CE Marking is indicated on the name plate
In case flow rate decreases under the flow set of non-explosion protected type and ATEX
value,a status signal is output. explosion protected type.
Status signal output mode can reverse (ON/ Pressure Equipment Directive:
OFF). Type of equipment: piping
Data Security During Power Failure: Type of fluid: liquid and gas
Data (parameter, totalizer value, etc) storage Group of fluid: 1 and 2
by EEPROM. No back-up battery required. Module: H
Correction: MODEL DN(mm)* PS(MPa)* PS·DN(MPa·mm) CATEGORY**
Instrument Error Correction: DY015 15 42 630 Article 3,***
Vortex flowmeter instrument errors can be Paragraph 3
(SEP)
corrected by segment approximations.
DY025 25 42 1050 Article 3,***
Reynolds Number Correction: Paragraph 3
Output error at Reynolds number 20000 or (SEP)
less is corrected by using five-break-point line- DY040 40 42 1680 II****
segment approximation. DY050 50 42 2100 II****
Gas Expansion Correction: DY080 80 42 3360 II****
When measuring a compressibility gas and DY100 100 42 4200 II****
steam, this expansion factor is useful to DY150 150 42 6300 III
correct the error at high velocity of flow (35m/s DY200 200 42 8400 III
or more). DY250 250 42 10500 III
Down-scale or Up-scale burn out.
DY300 300 42 12600 III
In case a CPU or EEPROM failure occurs,
DY400 400 25 10000 III
flow meter output the signal of Up-scale (21.6
* PS: Maximum allowable pressure for Flow tube, DN: Nominal
mA or more). size
Up-scale or Down-scale (3.6 mA or less) is ** Refered to Table 6 coverd by ANNEX II of EC Directive on
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC
user-selectable through the fail mode alarm *** Sound Engineering Practice (SEP)
jumper. **** MODELS classified in CATEGORY II shall not be used for
Indicator: unstable gases of Group 1.
±1.0 °C
Note1: This instrument is a Class A product, and it is
designed for use in the industrial environment.
Please use this instrument in the industrial
environment only.
Note2: Use the metal conduit for the remote cable.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-4
600
E - 10.5
Load Resistance
R=
0.0236 Communication
applicable range
BRAIN or HART
250
HIGH level
0 to 2 V
LOW level
0V
F1303.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-5
13.2 Model And Suffix Codes DYA Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter
Model Suffix Codes Description
DY Vortex Flowmeter (Integral Type, Remote Type DYA ················································
Vortex Flowmeter Converter
(Remote Type)
detector)
-D······································· 4 to 20 mA DC, Pulse
Model Suffix Codes Description BRAIN Communication
-E ······································· 4 to 20 mA DC, Pulse
DY015 ················································ Size 15 mm (1/2 inch) Output
HART Communication *1
DY025 ················································ Size 25 mm (1 inch) Signal
-J········································ 4 to 20 mA DC, Pulse
DY040 ················································ Size 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) /Communication
HART 5/HART 7 Communication *2
DY050 ················································ Size 50 mm (2 inch)
-F ······································· Digital communication
DY080 ················································ Size 80 mm (3 inch)
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol) *3
DY100 ················································ Size 100 mm (4 inch)
DY150 ················································ Size 150 mm (6 inch) 0································ JIS G 1/2 Female
Electrical
DY200 ················································ Size 200 mm (8 inch) 2································ ANSI 1/2 NPT Female *10
Connection *9
DY250 ················································ Size 250 mm (10 inch) 4································ ISO M20 ×1.5 Female
DY300 ················································ Size 300 mm (12 inch) D ·························· With Indicator
DY400 ················································ Size 400 mm (16 inch) Indicator
N ·························· None Indicator
-D············································ 4 to 20 mA DC, Pulse, / Read Option Specifications
BRAIN Communication Options
/MV Multi-Variable Type *12
-E ············································ 4 to 20 mA DC, Pulse,
Output HART Communication *1
Signal -J············································· 4 to 20 mA DC, Pulse,
/Communication HART 5/HART 7 Communication *2
-F ············································ Digital communication
DYC Remote Type Signal Cable
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol) *3 Model Suffix Codes Description
-N············································ Remote type detector
DYC ················································ Signal Cable
Body A ······································· JIS SCS14 A *4
Material B ······································· ASTM CF8M *5 Cable -0 ············································ Without End finish *13
*6, *7 X ······································· Others End -1 ············································ With End finish
L································· Duplex Stainless Steel -05 ····································· 5m
Shedder bar -10 ····································· 10 m
B ································ Stainless Steel
Material -15 ····································· 15 m
E ································ Duplex Stainless Steel (for TIIS Approval)
*6, *7 -20 ····································· 20 m
X ································ Others
-25 ····································· 25 m
AJ1 ······················· JIS 10 K Wafer
-30 ····································· 30 m
AJ2 ······················· JIS 20 K Wafer
-35 ····································· 35 m
AJ4 ······················· JIS 40 K Wafer
-40 ····································· 40 m
AA1······················· ANSI Class 150 Wafer Cable -45 ····································· 45 m
AA2······················· ANSI Class 300 Wafer Length -50 ····································· 50 m
AA4······················· ANSI Class 600 Wafer *14 -55 ····································· 55 m
AD1 ······················ DIN PN10 Wafer -60 ····································· 60 m
AD2 ······················ DIN PN16 Wafer -65 ····································· 65 m
AD3 ······················ DIN PN25 Wafer -70 ····································· 70 m
AD4 ······················ DIN PN40 Wafer -75 ····································· 75 m
-80 ····································· 80 m
BJ1 ······················· JIS 10K Flange(RF) -85 ····································· 85 m
Process BJ2 ······················· JIS 20K Flange(RF) -90 ····································· 90 m
Connection BJ4 ······················· JIS 40K Flange(RF) -95 ····································· 95 m
*8, *15 BA1······················· ANSI Class 150 Flange(RF) /C1 ································ Cable End Finish Parts
BA2······················· ANSI Class 300 Flange(RF) 1 set
RF: Raised Face BA4······················· ANSI Class 600 Flange(RF) /C2 ································ 2 set
SF: Smooth Finish BA5······················· ANSI Class 900 Flange(RF) /C3 ································ 3 set
RJ: Ring Joint BS1······················· ANSI Class 150 Flange(RF, SF) /C4 ································ 4 set
R13: DIN 2513 BS2······················· ANSI Class 300 Flange(RF, SF) /C5 ································ 5 set
Options
Type R13 BS4······················· ANSI Class 600 Flange(RF, SF) /C6 ································ 6 set
BS5······················· ANSI Class 900 Flange(RF, SF) /C7 ································ 7 set
/C8 ································ 8 set
BD1 ······················ DIN PN10 Flange(RF)
/C9 ································ 9 set
BD2 ······················ DIN PN16 Flange(RF)
BD3 ······················ DIN PN25 Flange(RF) /MV ······························· Multi-Variable Type
BD4 ······················ DIN PN40 Flange(RF)
CA4 ······················ ANSI Class 600 Flange(RJ)
CA5 ······················ ANSI Class 900 Flange(RJ)
FD1······················· DIN PN10 Flange(R13)
FD2······················· DIN PN16 Flange(R13)
FD3······················· DIN PN25 Flange(R13)
FD4······················· DIN PN40 Flange(R13)
-0 ······················ JIS G 1/2 Female
Electrical
-2 ······················ ANSI 1/2 NPT Female *10
Connection *9
-4 ······················ ISO M201.5 Female
Indicator D ·················· With Indicator
*11 N ·················· None Indicator, Remote type detector
Options / Read Option Specifications
*1: Output signal code ‘-E’: HART 5. (Output signal code ‘-J’ is recommended for HART communication.)
*2: Output signal code ‘-J’: HART 5 or HART 7 selectable. Specify HART 5 or HART 7 when ordering.
*3: For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protcol, read GS 01F06F01-01EN. For Fieldbus communication type, there are not setting keys on the display board.
*4: In case of A (JIS SCS14A), the process connection is available for JIS (AJ, BJ)
*5: In case of B (ASTM CF8M), the process connection is available for ANSI (AA, BA, BS, CA) and DIN (AD, BD, FD).
*6: Read Table 13.1.
*7: Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and the influence of process fluids. The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of
corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and/or damage to plant facilities. It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from
the instrument can contaminate the user's process fluids.
Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sodium hypochlorite, and hightemperature steam (+150°C
[+302°F] or above). Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material.
*8: Read Table 13.2.
*9: In case of an explosion protected type, it depends for an electrical connecion on the kind of an explosion protected type. Read Section 13.6 “Option Specifications (For
Explosion Protected Type)”.
*10: In case of /FF1 or /CF1, CF11, /KF2, /KS2, /SF2, /SS2 the screw length is deeper than ANSI standard for 0.5 to 2 threads.
*11: Indicator is not available for remote type detector.
*12: DYA-/MV and DY-N***/MV should be combined.
*13: One set of end finish part is attached.
*14: DYC Signal Cable can be used up to 30m. When you divide the cable below 30m, select the Cable End code [-0].
*15: In case of the process connection FD, the Option code /LT is not avaiable.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-6
Table 13.1 Body, Shedder Bar and Gasket Material
Body Material
L E X X X
DY015 DY025/R1 DY040/R2 ASTM ASTM ASTM — ASTM ASTM
S31803 S31803 N10276 N10276 N10276
DY025 DY040/R1 DY050/R2
DY040 DY050/R1 DY080/R2
X X X X
L E
DY050 DY080/R1 DY100/R2 ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM
EN1.4517 EN1.4517
CW-12MW CW-12MW CW-12MW CW-12MW
DY080 DY100/R1 DY150/R2
DY100 DY150/R1 DY200/R2
X X
DY150 DY200/R1 — — ASTM — ASTM
CW-12MW CW-12MW
or or
L E B B
DY200 — — EN1.4517 EN1.4517 — ASTM CF8M — ASTM CF8M
(Note4, 6) (Note4)
DY250 — — — — —
B
DY300 — — — ASTM CF8M — —
B B (Note5, 6)
DY400 — — — — —
CF8M CF8M
(Note1) Select body code [X] for /HY, /HT, /LT and /NC.
Available to combine with TIIS Flame proof type /JF3 or Multi-Variable type /MV.
(Note2) The shedder bar code [E] is for TIIS Flame proof type /JF3 only.
Select shedder bar code [X] for DY025 to DY200 when you combine TIIS Flame proof type /JF3 with /HY, /HT, /LT or /NC.
(Note3) Reduced bore type is Flange type only. It cannot be combined with the option code /R1, /R2 and /LT.
(Note4) Shedder bar code [X] or [B] is selectable for DY150/HT, DY150/NC, DY200/HT and DY200/NC.
(Note5) Select shedder bar code only [B] for DY250/HT to DY400/HT.
(Note6) Available to combine with TIIS Flame proof type /JF3, High Process Temperature Version (/HT) and shedder bar code [B]
as TOKUCHU.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-7
Gasket Material
Model Code High Process
Anti-corrosion Cryogenic NACE Material
Reduced bore type Standard Temperature
Version II (/HY) Version (/LT) (/NC)
(Note1) Version (/HT)
(Note)
• ANSI standardized types are worked by serration finishing except the Smooth Finish type.
• The Smooth Finish type is shipped without serration finishing.
• Read Subsection 13.3.2 “Option Reduced Bore Type (/R1, /R2)”, when you select reduced bore type (Option code /R1, /R2).
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-8
(Note 1) Up to 30 alphanumeric characters can be engraved on the stainless tag plate. Capital/small letters are available for
BRAIN communication “-D” and FOUNDATION Fieldbus “-F”. Only capital letters are available for HART communication “-E”
or “-J”.
(Note 2) There is a case that calibration water should stay in the meter tube. So this is not degrease treatment in the strict sense.
(Note 3) The output is set 3.6mA or less (Standard type is set 21.6mA or more at shipping).
(Note 4) The electrical connection turn to a downstream side.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-9
(Note 5) Read Subsection 13.3.1 “Option Multi-Variable (Built-In Temperature Sensor) Type (/MV)”
In case of Remote type detector (DY***-N), select “/MV” both DY and DYA.
(Note 6) /NM can not combine with Remote type (DY***-N).
(Note 7) ATEX Flameproof Approval /KF2 and IECEx Flameproof Approval /SF2 are not Available.
(Note 8) • Cryogenic version /LT is not available.
• High process temperature version /HT and Multi-variable type /MV for DY025/R1 and DY040/R2 is not available.
• Flange type only and available process connections are JIS10k, 20k (BJ1, BJ2) and ANSI class 150, 300
(BA1,BA2,BS1,BS2).
• Model Code (A) means “DY***-” nominal size.
(Note 9) • Applicable for Option code /FF1, /FS1, /KF2, /KS2, /SF2 and /SS2.
• Not applicable for Option code /P1, /P2, /P7, /X1, /X2, /HT, /LT, /SB /JF3, /CF1, /CS1, /CF11 and /CS11.
• The materials of exterior parts, name plate, screw, bolts on the stainless steel housing and bracket, u-bolt, nuts for DYA/
E1 and tag plate for /E1/SCT are JIS SUS316 or SUS316L.
(Note 10) The wetted parts materials conform to NACE material recommendations per MR0175.
NACE Material /NC can not combine with ASME welding documents submission /WP.
(Note 11) /T01 and /T02 can be selected only one code either.
(Note 12) Read Subsection 13.3.2 “Option Reduced Bore Type (/R1, /R2)”
$PELHQW7HPSHUDWXUHÛ&
P1 N1.5 Black 0
P2 7.5BG4/1.5 Shade green
Operating range
P7 ————— Metallic silver -20
+85
Operating range
+60
–29
–29 +100 +200 +300 +450
)OXLG7HPSHUDWXUHÛ& F1304.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-10
13.3.1 Option Multi-Variable (Built-In Temperature Sensor) Type (/MV)
This options is the same as standard specification except the following items.
DY025 to DY100 : Wafer type
Model Code
DY025 to DY200 : Flange type
Multi-Variable High Process Temperature Version
Option Code (Note1) (Built-in Temperature sensor) Type Multi-Variable Type
(Option Code: /MV) (Option Code: /HT/MV)
Temperature
Temperature indication / output -29 to +250°C -29 to +400°C
Range
Saturated steam Mass flowrate
+100 to +250°C +100 to +330°C
(Note3)
Function Superheated steam Mass flowrate
Calculation +100 to +250°C +100 to +400°C
(Note2) (Note4)
Temperature
Gas Volume flowrate
Range -29 to +250°C -29 to +400°C
(Note5)
Liquid Mass flowrate
-29 to +250°C -29 to +400°C
(Note6)
Temperature Response (50% Response) 60 sec (Churning Underwater)
Analog Output Select from Flow Rate or Temperature (Note7)
Pulse Output Flow Rate: Same as Standard Type
Output Alarm Output same as Standard Type and Temperature Sensor
Alarm Output
Error, etc.
Status Output Flow Switch (Flow Rate): Same as Standard Type
Select from Flow Rate (%, Engineering Unit) or Temperature (%)
Upper
Display (Note8)
Lower Select from Total Rate or Temperature (°C, °F) (Note9)
Select Vortex Flow Converter DYA-***/MV and Signal Cable DYC-
Remote Type
***/MV (Note10)
(Note1) Multi-Variable Type (/MV) can not be combined with Cryogenic Version (/LT). Read the "DETAILED ACCURACY" for
accuracy.
(Note2) Temperature measurement may be affected by installation conditions, such as thermal insulation of piping or the
temperature distribution of the fluid. Read section 3.2 "Piping Precautions" for thermal insulation of piping. When
measuring mass flow of saturated steam, superheated steam thermal insulation of piping may be required.
(Note3) Mass flow rate is calculated from density calculated with density at the mesuared temperature derived by the built-in
saturated steam table.
(Note4) Mass flow rate is calculated with the density at the measured temperature derived by the built-in steam table. For mass
flow calculation of superheated steam, operating pressure is used as constant value.
(Note5) Volumetric flow rate is calculated by temperature/pressure compensation. For volumetric flow calculation of gas,
operating pressure and pressure at standard/normal condition are used.
(Note6) Mass flow rate is calculated with density compensated by the secondary formula of measured temperature. Operating
density is used as a base density and the 1st and 2nd coefficients have to be set.
(Note7) The factory setting is the flow rate output. When the temperature output is required, it is necessary to change the
parameter.
(Note8) In case of indicating the temperature %, the display indicate not only “%” but also “t”. (“t” means temperature).
(Note9) "Total" is set for shipping when the total rate is specified in sizing data.
(Note10) In case of remote type, option code (/MV) is necessary for both Vortex Flow Converter (DYA) and Signal Cable (DYC).
To correct the temperature error due to signal cable length, parameter setting of the signal cable length to Vortex Flow
Converter (DYA) is required.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-11
13.3.2 Option Reduced Bore Type (/R1, /R2)
This option is the same as standard specification except the following items.
Reduced Bore Type (Option: /R1, /R2) (Note1)
Flange
Model piping R1 Detector size R2 Detector size
Code size (inner dia.) (B) (inner dia.) (B)
(A)
(Note 2) [Pressure Loss]
DY025 25mm 15 (14.6) (mm) (Note 3)
R1: about 15% increases to
15 (14.6) (mm)
DY040 40mm 25 (25.7) (mm) standard type.
(Note 3)
A B R2: about 28% increases to
DY050 50mm 40 (39.7) (mm) 25 (25.7) (mm) standard type.
Read Section 13.5 “Detailed
DY080 80mm 50 (51.1) (mm) 40 (39.7) (mm) Accuracy”
F1306.ai
13.4 Sizing
The following items are the basic specifications.
In case of the definite sizing, it is neccessary to check by the sizing software.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-12
Range of measurable flow velocity
Table 13.6 Range of measurable flow velocity
Maximum
Fluid Model Code Minimum flow velocity flow
velocity
“flow velocity obtained from Table 13.5” or “flow velocity at Reynolds
DY015 DY025 /R1 DY040 /R2
number of 5000”, whichever is greater.
Liquid to to to 10m/s
For liquid Reynolds number of 5000: Read Section 13.5 “Detailed
DY400 DY200 /R1 DY200 /R2
Accuracy”.
“flow velocity obtained from Table 13.5” or “flow velocity at Reynolds
DY015 DY025 /R1 DY040 /R2
Gas, number of 5000”, whichever is greater.
to to to 80m/s
Steam For Gas and steam Reynolds number of 5000:
DY400 DY200 /R1 DY200 /R2
Read Section 13.5 “Detailed Accuracy”.
When the flow velocity is lower than minimum, both the analog output and the pulse output is displayed as “0”.
Maximum
Fluid Model Code Minimum flow velocity flow
velocity
“flow velocity obtained from Table 13.5” or
DY015 DY025 /R1 DY040 /R2
“flow velocity at Reynolds number of 20000”, whichever is greater.
to to to
For liquid Reynolds number of 20000: The value is four times
DY100 DY150 /R1 DY200 /R2
velocity value in Section 13.5 “Detailed Accuracy”.
Liquid 10m/s
“flow velocity obtained from Table 13.5” or “flow velocity at
DY150
Reynolds number of 40000”, whichever is greater.
to DY200 /R1 ―
For liquid Reynolds number of 40000: The value is eight times
DY400
velocity value in Section 13.5 “Detailed Accuracy”.
“flow velocity obtained from Table 13.5” or “flow velocity at
DY015 DY025 /R1 DY040 /R2
Reynolds number of 20000”, whichever is greater.
to to to
For gas and steam Reynolds number of 20000:
DY100 DY150 /R1 DY200 /R2
Gas, Read Section 13.5 “Detailed Accuracy”.
80m/s
Steam “flow velocity obtained from Table 13.5” or “flow velocity at
DY150
Reynolds number of 40000”, whichever is greater.
to DY200 /R1 ―
For gas and steam Reynolds number of 40000:
DY400
Read Section 13.5 “Detailed Accuracy”.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-13
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-14
Mass flow or Volumetric flow rate at Normal/Standard condition:
for Multi-Variable Type and combination of Multi-Variable Type and Reduced Bore Type
Model Code /MV /MV/R1 /MV/R2
±2.0% (20000≤Re<1500*D)
DY025
±1.5% (1500*D≤Re)
DY040
Liquid DY050 ±2.0%(20000≤Re<1000*D)
DY080 ±1.5% (1000*D≤Re) ±2.0% (20000≤Re)
DY100 ±2.0% (20000≤Re)
DY150 ±2.0% (40000≤Re<1000*D)
DY200 ±1.5% (1000*D≤Re) ±2.0% (40000≤Re)
DY025
DY040
DY050 ±2.0%
±2.0%
Gas, (Velocity 35m/s or less) ±2.0%
DY080 (Velocity 35m/s or less)
Steam ±2.5% (Velocity 35m/s or less)
DY100 ±2.5%
(Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s) ±2.5%
DY150 (Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s)
(Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s)
DY200
D: Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO (mm)
Re: Reynolds number (non unit)
Note: This table shows the accuracy of pulse output. In case of analog output, add up ± 0.1% of full scale to the value mentioned above.
for High Temperature Version Multi-Variable Type and combination of High Temperature Multi-Variable Type and
Reduced Bore Type
Model Code /HT/MV /HT/MV/R1 /HT/MV/R2
±2.0% (20000≤Re<1500*D)
DY025
±1.5% (1500*D≤Re)
DY040
Liquid DY050 ±2.0%(20000≤Re<1000*D)
DY080 ±1.5% (1000*D≤Re) ±2.0% (20000≤Re)
DY100 ±2.0% (20000≤Re)
DY150 ±2.0% (40000≤Re<1000*D)
DY200 ±1.5% (1000*D≤Re) ±2.0% (40000≤Re)
DY025
DY040
DY050 ±2.0%
Gas, ±2.0%
(Velocity 35m/s or less) ±2.0%
Superheated DY080 (Velocity 35m/s or less)
±2.5% (Velocity 35m/s or less)
Steam DY100 ±2.5%
(Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s) ±2.5%
DY150 (Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s)
(Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s)
DY200
DY025
DY040
DY050 ±3.0%
±3.0%
Saturated (Velocity 35m/s or less) ±3.0%
DY080 (Velocity 35m/s or less)
Steam ±3.5% (Velocity 35m/s or less)
DY100 ±3.5%
(Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s) ±3.5%
DY150 (Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s)
(Velocity 35m/s to 80m/s)
DY200
D: Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO (mm)
Re: Reynolds number (non unit)
Note: This table shows the accuracy of pulse output. In case of analog output, add up ± 0.1% of full scale to the value mentioned above.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-15
Calculation formula
■ How to calculate volume flow rate at operating
conditions.
×D2
• Qf = 3600××S or Qf =
354
■ How to calculate the velocity of a Reynolds
number.
• = 5× / D (Reynolds number of 5000)
• = 20× / D (Reynolds number of 20000)
• = 40× / D (Reynolds number of 40000)
where
354×103×Qf
• Re = ·········· (1)
×D
•= ×103 ··················· (2)
f
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-16
Table 13.9 Range of Measurable Air Flow Rate at Selected Process Pressures
DY025 DY040 min. 4.8(11.1) 6.7(11.1) 8.2(11.1) 10.5(11.1) 12.5 16.1 19.7 28.6 37.5 46.4
DY015
/R1 /R2 max. 48.2 95.8 143 239 334 429 524 762 1000 1238
DY040 DY050 min. 11.0(19.5) 15.5(19.5) 19.0(19.5) 24.5 29.0 33.3 40.6 59.0 77.5 95.9
DY025
/R1 /R2 max. 149 297 444 739 1034 1329 1624 2361 3098 3836
DY050 DY080 min. 21.8(30.0) 30.8 37.8 48.7 61.6 79.2 97 149 184 229
DY040
/R1 /R2 max. 356 708 1060 1764 2468 3171 3875 5634 7394 9153
DY080 DY100 min. 36.2(38.7) 51 62.4 80.5 102 131 161 233 306 379
DY050
/R1 /R2 max. 591 1174 1757 2922 4088 5254 6420 9335 12249 15164
DY100 DY150 min. 70.1 98.4 120 155 197 254 310 451 591 732
DY080
/R1 /R2 max. 1140 2266 3391 5642 7892 10143 12394 18021 23648 29274
DY150 DY200 min. 122 172 211 272 334 442 540 786 1031 1277
DY100
/R1 /R2 max. 1990 3954 5919 9847 13775 17703 21632 31453 41274 51095
DY200 min. 268 377 485 808 1131 1453 1776 2583 3389 4196
DY150 —
/R1 max. 4358 8659 12960 21559 30163 38765 47365 68867 90373 111875
min. 575 809 990 1445 2202 2599 3175 4617 6059 7501
DY200 — —
max. 7792 15482 23172 38549 53933 69313 84693 123138 161591 200046
min. 1037 1461 1788 2306 3127 4019 4911 7140 9370 11600
DY250 — —
max. 12049 23939 35833 59611 83400 107181 130968 190418 249881 309334
min. 1485 2093 2561 3303 4479 5756 7033 10226 13419 16612
DY300 — —
max. 17256 34286 51317 85370 119441 153499 187556 272699 357856 443017
min. 2790 3933 4812 7020 9821 12622 15422 22424 29426 36427
DY400 — —
max. 28378 56385 84391 140405 196418 252432 308445 448479 588513 728547
(1) Listed flow rate is at standard conditions STP (0°C. 1atm).
(2) Listed gauge pressure is at process temperature of 0°C.
(3) Maximum flow rate is the lower of 80m/s.
(4) Minimum flow rate: (value) is the lower limit of the accuracy range.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-17
Table 13.10 Range of Measurable Saturated Steam Flow Rate at Selected Process Pressures
DY025 DY040 min. 5.8(10.7) 7.0(11.1) 8.8(11.6) 10.4(12.1) 11.6(12.3) 12.8 15.3 19.1 23.6 28.1
DY015
/R1 /R2 max. 55.8 80 129 177 225 272 390 508 628 748
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-18
Reference Calculation of pressure loss for reduced bore
type (Option code: /R1)
Table 13.11 Inner Diameter and Nominal value
Nominal Pulse
obtained from the following equations.
Inner Nominal
Model Code Diameter K-Factor Rate P = 124 × 10-5 × f × 2 ············· (3)
mm Pulse/L Hz / m/s Hz / m3/h or
DY015
DY025 DY040
14.6 376 62.7 104 P = 155 × ρf × Qf2 / D4 ··············· (4)
/R1 /R2
DY040 DY050
DY025 25.7 68.6 35.5 19.1
/R1 /R2 (Example)
DY040
DY050 DY080
39.7 18.7 23.1 5.19 DY040/R1, hot water: 50 °C, flowrate: 10 m3/h
/R1 /R2
DY080 DY100
1. Since the density of water at 50 °C is 992 kg/
DY050 51.1 8.95 18.3 2.49
/R1 /R2 m3, substitute this value in equation (4):
DY100 DY150
DY080
/R1 /R2
71.0 3.33 13.2 0.925 P = 155 × 992 × 102 / 25.74
DY150 DY200 = 35.3 kPa
DY100 93.8 1.43 9.88 0.397
/R1 /R2
2. Obtain by using equation (3). The flow velocity
DY200
DY150
/R1
— 138.8 0.441 6.67 0.123 when the flow rate is 10 m3/h is given by:
DY200 — — 185.6 0.185 5.00 0.0514 = 354 × Qf × /D2 = 354 × 10 × 25.72
DY250 — — 230.8 0.0966 4.04 0.0268 = 5.4m/s
DY300 — — 276.2 0.0563 3.37 0.0156
Therefore, substitute this value in equation (3):
DY400 — — 354.2 0.0265 2.61 0.00736
P = 124 × 10-5 × 992 × 5.42
= 35.3 kPa
Pressure Loss Calculation of pressure loss for reduced bore
Calculation of pressure loss for standard type type (Option code: /R2)
obtained from the following equations. obtained from the following equations.
P=108×10−5×f×2 ······ (1) P = 138 × 10-5 × f × 2 ············· (5)
or or
Q2 Q2
P=135×f× f ·········· (2) P = 173 × f × f ··················· (6)
D4 D4
where, (Example)
P: Pressure loss (kPa ) DY050-/R2, hot water: 50 °C, flowrate: 15 m3/h
f: Density at operating condition (kg/m3) 1. Since the density of water at 50 °C is 992 kg/
: Flow velocity (m/s) m3, substitute this value in equation (6):
Qf: Actual flow rate (m3/h)
P = 173 × 992 × 152 / 25.74
D: Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO (mm)
= 88.5 kPa
(Example) 2. Obtain by using equation (5). The flow velocity
DY050, hot water: 80°C, flowrate: 30 m3/h when the flow rate is 15m3/h is given by:
1. Since the density of water at 80°C is 972 kg/
354×15
m3, substitute this value in equation (2): = 354×Qf /D2= = 8.0m/s
25.72
P = 135 × 972 × 30 / 51.1
2 4
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-19
Cavitation (Example) calculation of the downstream line
(Minimum Back Pressure, Liquid service pressure
only): Calculate by a operating flow rate. This is an
Cavitation occurs when the flow line pressure example of a volumetric flow rate at Normal
is low and flow velocity is high during fluid condition (N: 1atm, 0 °C, 0%)
measurement, preventing correct measurement In this example, the maximum flow rate 0 to
of flow rate. The optimum line pressure can be 1000Nm3/h, operating flow rate 700Nm3/h,
obtained from the following equation. the upstream line pressure 1000 kPa abs,
P = 2.7 × P + 1.3 × Po ············ (7) temperature 30 °C, and the fluid density at
Where, operating condition 11.5kg/m3.
P: Line pressure, 2 to 7 times as large as
internal diameter on downstream of First, convert operating flow rate from volumetric
flowmeter body surface. (kPa absolute). flow rate at normal condition Qn (Nm3/h) to the
∆P: Pressure loss (kPa). Read the item above. volumetric flow rate at operating condition Qf
Po: Saturation liquid vapor pressure at operating (m3/h).
temperature (kPa absolute).
Pn Tf
(Example) Confirmation of presence of Qf = Qn× × ×K
Pf Tn
cavitation Suppose that the line pressure is 120
kPa abs and the flow rate scale is 0 to 30 m3/h. = 700 × 101.3 × 273.15 + 30 × 1 = 78.7 (m3/h)
1000 273.15
It is only necessary to confirm the pressure at
the maximum flow rate ; therefore, the saturated Pn:Pressure value at Normal condition (kPa)
steam pressure of water at 80°C is as follows Pf: Pressure value at Operating condition (kPa)
from the table of saturated steam pressures: Tn: Temperature value at Normal condition (°C)
Po = 47.4 kPa abs Tf: Temperature value at Operating condition (°C)
Therefore, substitute this value in equation (7): K: deviation factor
P = 2.7 × 17.3 + 1.3 × 47.4
= 108.3 kPa abs Then, calculation formula of the " Pressure
Since the operating pressure of 120 kPa abs is Loss" ((2), (4) or (6)) to calculate the pressure
higher than 108.3 kPa abs, no cavitation occurs. loss ΔP in the operating flow rate from to obtain
the downstream line pressure Pd.
Error that is due to the pressure change
In the measurement of gases and steam, in the <In the case of standard type DY050>
case of handling the pressure as a fixed value it ΔP = 135 × 11.5 × 78.72 / 51.14 = 1.4 (kPa)
may have an error due to the pressure change Therefore, it will be calculated as Pd = 1000-1.4
occurs. In particular, since the pressure loss is = 998.6 (kPa abs).
increased at the same flow rate as compared to
the standard form in reducer type, the difference <In the case of reduced bore type DY050 / R1>
occurs in the upstream line pressure and the ΔP = 155 × 11.5 × 78.72 / 39.74 = 4.4 (kPa)
downstream line pressure. Therefore, it will be calculated as Pd = 1000-4.4
Since the vortex flowmeter must be corrected = 995.6 (kPa abs).
downstream line pressure, setting the upstream
line pressure is subject to errors due to pressure <In the case of reduced bore type DY050 / R2>
differential. ΔP = 173 × 11.5 × 78.72 / 25.74 = 28.2 (kPa)
Downstream line pressure is expressed by the Therefore, it will be calculated as Pd = 1000-
following equation. 28.2 = 971.8 (kPa abs).
Pd = Pu–ΔP
Pd: downstream line pressure (kPa abs)
Pu: upstream line pressure (kPa abs)
ΔP: Pressure loss (kPa)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-20
(Note 1) The flameproof packing adapter /G11 or /G12 is necessary except the electrical conduit work. In case the ambient
temperature exceeds 50°C, use heat resistant cables with maximum allowable temperature of 70°C or above.
(Note 2) For intrinsically safe approval, use the barrier certified by the testing laboratories (BARD-400 is not applicable).
(Note 3) Cryogenic Version /LT is not available.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-21
Item Specification Code
Canadian CSA Explosion proof Approval
Standards Applicable Standard: C22.1-98, C22.2 No.0, C22.2 No.0.4, C22.2 No.0.5, C22.2 No.25, C22.2 No.30, C22.2 No.94, C22.2 No.142, C22.2,
Association No.61010-1, ANSI/ISA-12.27.01
(CSA) Type of Protection: explosion-proof for Class I, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G; Class III.
For Class I, Division 2 locations-
“FACTORY SEALED, CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRD”
Temperature Class: T6...T1 (Integral Type and Remote Type Detector) CF1
T6 (Remote Type Converter)
Amb.Temp.: –50 to +60°C
Process temp.: T6; +85°C, T5; +100°C, T4; +135°C, T3; +200°C, T2; +300°C, T1; +450°C
Enclosure: Type 4X
Coating of Enclosure: Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane resin coating.
Electrical Connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female
CSA Explosion proof Approval
· The approval specification is the same with /CF1.
· Process Sealing Certification CF11
Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI/ISA 12.27.01
No additional sealing required
CSA Intrinsically safe Approval (Note 2)
Applicable Standard: C22.2 No. 0.4, C22.2 No. 157, C22.2 No. 213, C22.2 No. 1010.1, CAN/CSA-E60079-0, CAN/CSA-E60079-11,
CAN/CSA-E60079-15 and ANSI/ISA 12.27.01
Type of Protection: Ex ia IIC T4...T1 and Ex nC IIC T4...T1 (Integral Type and Remote Type Detector)
Ex ia IIC T4 and Ex nC IIC T4 (Remote Type Converter)
Process Temp.: T4; +135°C, T3; +200°C, T2; +300°C, T1; +450°C (Integral Type and Remote Type Detector)
Amb. Temp.: –40 to +60°C
Amb. Hum.: 0 to 100%RH (No condensation)
Degree of Protection of Enclosure: IP67
Electrical Parameter: Ui=30Vdc, Ii=165mAdc, Pi=0.9W, Ci=12nF, Li=0.15mH.
Electrical Connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female
CS1
Type of Protection: Intrinsically Safe for Class I, II, III, DIV.1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G
Non-incendive for Class I, II, DIV.2, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G, ClassIII, DIV.1.
Temperature Code: T4...T1(Integral Type and Remote Type Detector)
T4(Remote Type Converter)
Process Temp.: T4; +135°C, T3; +200°C, T2; +300°C, T1; +450°C (Integral Type and Remote Type Detector)
Amb. Temp.: –40 to +60°C
Amb. Hum.: 0 to 100%RH (No condensation)
Enclosure: Type 4X
Electrical Parameter: Vmax =30Vdc, I max =165mAdc, Pmax = 0.9W, Ci =12nF, Li = 0.15mH.
Electrical Connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female
CSA Intrinsically safe Approval
· The approval specification is the same with /CS1.
· Process Sealing Certification CS11
Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI/ISA 12.27.01
No additional sealing required
IECEx IECEx Flameproof Approval (Note 1)
Applicable Standard: IEC60079-0, IEC60079-1
Type of Protection: Ex d IIC T6...T1 Gb (Integral Type and Remote Type Detector)
Ex d IIC T6 Gb (Remote Type Converter)
Temperature Class: T6...T1 (Integral Type and Remote Type Detector)
T6 (Remote Type Converter)
Process Temp.: T6(–40 to +80°C), T5(–40 to +100°C), T4(–40 to +135°C), SF2
T3(–40 to +200°C), T2(–40 to +300°C), T1(–40 to +450°C)
(Use /HT version above +250°C)
Ambient temperature: –30 to +60°C (With indicator)
–40 to +60°C (Without indicator)
Ambient Humidity: 0 to 100%RH
Electrical Connection: ANSI 1/2NPT female, ISO M20 × 1.5 female
IECEx Intrinsically Safe (Note2)
Applicable Standard : IEC 60079-0, IEC60079-11, IEC 60079-26
Type of protection: Ex ia IIC T4...T1Ga (Integral Type)
Ex ia IIC T6...T1 Ga (Remote Type Detector)
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga (Remote Type Converter)
Temperature Class: T4...T1(Integral Type)
T6...T1(Remote Type Detector)
T4 (Remote Type Converter)
Ambient temperature: –50 to +60°C (Integral Type)
–50 to +80[+79]°C (Remote Type Detector) SS2
(Option /LT below –29°C, [ ] for Option /MV at T6)
–50 to +80°C (Remote Type Converter)
Ambient Humidity: 5 to 100%RH (No condensation)
Process temperature: T6: –196 to +84[+79]°C, T5: –196 to +100°C, T4: –196 to +135°C,
T3: –196 to +199°C, T2: –196 to +299[+289]°C, T1: –196 to +449[+439]°C
(Option /HT above +250°C and Option /LT below –29°C, [ ] : Option /MV)
Signal/Supply (Terminals SUPPLY + and –) and Pulse (Terminals PULSE + and –) Circuit:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 300 mA, Pi = 0.9 W (linear source), Ci = 14 nF, Li = 0 mH
Electrical connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female, ISO M20 × 1.5 female
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-22
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
EARTH
87.5 (3.44)
TERMINAL
2-øG
H
H1
F
øD
øC
E B
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY015 DY025 DY040
AD1 AD1 AD1
PROCESS to to to
CONNECTION AJ1 AJ2 AJ4AA1 AA2 AA4 AJ1 AD4AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AD4
AA1 AA2 AA4 AD4
L 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76)
B 35 (1.38) 35 (1.38) 35 (1.38)
C 14.6 (0.57) 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56)
D 35.1 (1.38) 50.8 (2.00) 73 (2.87)
H 248 (9.76) 258 (10.16) 276 (10.87)
H1 127 (5.00) 129 (5.08) 136 (5.35)
49.5 49.5 56.6 42.7 47.1 47.1 46 63.6 63.6 67.2 56 62.9 62.9 60.1 74.2 74.2 84.9 69.7 80.8 80.8 77.8
E (1.95) (1.95) (2.23) (1.68) (1.85) (1.85) (1.81) (2.50) (2.50) (2.65) (2.21) (2.48) (2.48) (2.37) (2.92) (2.92) (3.34) (2.74) (3.18) (3.18) (3.06)
24.7 24.7 28.3 21.4 23.5 23.5 23 31.8 31.8 33.6 28 31.4 31.4 30.1 37.1 37.1 42.4 34.8 40.4 40.4 38.9
F (0.97) (0.97) (1.11) (0.84) (0.93) (0.93) (0.91) (1.25) (1.25) (1.32) (1.10) (1.24) (1.24) (1.19) (1.46) (1.46) (1.67) (1.37) (1.59) (1.59) (1.53)
13 13 17 14 14 14 13 17 17 17 14 17 17 13 17 17 21 14 20 20 17
G (0.51) (0.51) (0.67) (0.55) (0.55) (0.55) (0.51) (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.55) (0.67) (0.67) (0.51) (0.67) (0.67) (0.83) (0.55) (0.79) (0.79) (0.67)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 2.8 (6.2) 3.7 (8.2) 4.3 (9.5)
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY050 DY080 DY100
AD1
PROCESS to AD1 AD3 AD1 AD3
CONNECTION AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD4
AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AJ1 AD2
AJ2 AD4
AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD2 AD4
L 75 (2.95) 100 (3.94) 120 (4.72)
B 37.5 (1.48) 40 (1.57) 50 (1.97)
C 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.80) 93.8 (3.69)
D 92 (3.62) 127 (5.00) 157.2 (6.19)
H 307.5 (12.11) 342 (13.47) 372 (14.65)
H1 158 (6.22) 175 (6.89) 190 (7.48)
45.9 49.8 48.6 48.6 57.4 61.2 65.1 64.4 64.4 61.2 61.2 67 70.8 78.5 72.9 76.6 82.6 68.9 72.7
E (Note 3) (1.81) (1.96) (Note 3) (1.91) (1.91) (Note 3) (2.26) (2.41) (2.56) (Note 3) (2.54) (2.54) (2.41) (2.41) (2.64) (2.79) (3.09) (2.87) (3.02) (3.25) (2.71) (2.86)
55.4 60.1 58.7 58.7 69.3 73.9 78.5 77.7 77.7 73.9 73.9 80.8 85.5 94.7 88 92.5 99.7 83.1 87.8
F (Note 3) (2.18) (2.36) (Note 3) (2.31) (2.31) (Note 3) (2.73) (2.91) (3.09) (Note 3) (3.06) (3.06) (2.91) (2.91) (3.18) (3.37) (3.73) (3.46) (3.64) (3.93) (3.27) (3.46)
17 17 17 17 17 21 21 20 20 17 17 17 21 23 17 20 23 17 21
G (Note 3) (0.67) (0.67) (Note 3) (0.67) (0.67) (Note 3) (0.67) (0.83) (0.83) (Note 3) (0.79) (0.79) (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.83) (0.91) (0.67) (3.06) (0.91) (0.67) (0.83)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 6.0 (13.2) 9.4 (20.7) 12.8 (28.2)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-23
Flange type (DY015 to DY100)
74 (2.91) Unit : mm
WITH INDICATOR
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32) (approx. inch)
ELECTRICAL 125 (4.92)
4.5
CONNECTION
(0.18)
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
EARTH
87.5 (3.44)
TERMINAL
H
H1
N-øG
øD
øC øJ
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY015 DY025
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5
L 130 (5.12) 160 (6.30) 130 (5.12) 140 (5.51) 160 (6.30) 150 (5.91) 190 (7.48) 150 (5.91) 170 (6.69) 190 (7.48)
C 14.6 (0.58) 25.7 (1.01)
D 95 (3.74) 95 (3.74) 115 (4.53) 88.9 (3.50) 95.3 (3.75) 95.3 (3.75) 120.7 (4.75) 95 (3.74) 95.3 (3.75) 120.7 (4.75) 125 (4.92) 125 (4.92) 130 (5.12) 108 (4.25) 124 (4.88) 124 (4.88) 149.4 (5.88) 115 (4.53) 124 (4.88) 149.4 (5.88)
H 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) 288 (11.34) 275 (10.83) 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) 291 (11.46) 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) 291 (11.46) 295 (11.61) 295 (11.61) 297.5 (11.91) 286.5 (11.28) 294.5 (11.59) 294.5 (11.59) 307 (12.09) 290 (11.42) 294.5 (11.59) 307 (12.09)
H1 127 (5.00) 129 (5.08)
T 12 (0.47) 14 (0.55) 20 (0.79) 11.2 (0.44) 14.2 (0.56) 21 (0.83) 28.8 (1.13) 16 (0.63) 19.9 (0.78) 28.8 (1.13) 14 (0.55) 16 (0.63) 22 (0.87) 14.2 (0.56) 17.5 (0.69) 24 (0.94) 34.9 (1.37) 18 (0.71) 24 (0.94) 34.9 (1.37)
J 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) 80 (7.15) 60.5 (2.38) 66.5 (2.62) 66.5 (2.62) 82.6 (3.25) 65 (2.56) 66.5 (2.62) 82.6 (3.25) 90 (3.54) 90 (3.54) 95 (3.74) 79.2 (3.12) 89 (3.50) 89 (3.50) 101.6 (4.00) 85 (3.35) 89 (3.50) 101.6 (4.00)
N 4 4
G 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59) 19 (0.75) 15.7 (0.62) 15.7 (0.62) 15.7 (0.62) 22.4 (0.88) 14 (0.55) 15.7 (0.62) 22.4 (0.88) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 15.7 (0.62) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 25.4 (1.00) 14 (0.55) 19 (0.75) 25.4 (1.00)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 4.2 (9.26) 4.3 (9.48) 5.9 (13.01) 4.1 (9.04) 4.3 (9.48) 4.6 (10.14) 6.7 (14.77) 4.2 (9.26) 4.5 (9.92) 6.8 (14.99) 6.9 (15.21) 7.1 (15.66) 8.6 (18.96) 6.6 (14.55) 7.2 (15.88) 7.7 (16.98) 11.1 (24.48) 6.9 (15.21) 7.9 (17.42) 11.4 (25.14)
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY040 DY050
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5
L 150 (5.91) 200 (7.87) 150 (5.91) 185 (7.28) 200 (7.87) 170 (6.69) 230 (9.06) 170 (6.69) 205 (8.07) 230 (9.06)
C 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01)
D 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 160 (6.30) 127 (5.00) 155.4 (6.12) 155.4 (6.12) 177.8 (7.00) 150 (5.91) 155.4 (6.12) 177.8 (7.00) 155 (6.10) 155 (6.10) 165 (6.50) 152.4 (6.00) 165.1 (6.50) 165.1 (6.50) 215.9 (8.50) 165 (6.50) 165.1 (6.50) 215.9 (8.50)
H 309.5 (12.19) 309.5 (12.19) 319.5 (12.58) 303 (11.93) 317 (12.48) 317 (12.48) 328.5 (12.93) 314.5 (12.38) 317 (12.48) 328.5 (12.93) 339 (13.35) 339 (13.35) 344 (13.54) 337.5 (13.29) 344 (13.54) 344 (13.54) 369.5 (14.55) 344 (13.54) 344 (13.54) 369.5 (14.55)
H1 136 (5.35) 158 (6.22)
T 16 (0.63) 18 (0.71) 26 (1.02) 17.5 (0.69) 20.6 (0.81) 28.8 (1.13) 38.2 (1.50) 18 (0.71) 28.8 (1.13) 38.2 (1.50) 16 (0.63) 18 (0.71) 26 (1.02) 19.1 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88) 31.8 (1.25) 44.5 (1.75) 20 (0.79) 33.3 (1.31) 46 (1.81)
J 105 (4.13) 105 (4.13) 120 (4.72) 98.6 (3.88) 114.3 (4.50) 114.3 (4.50) 124 (4.88) 110 (4.33) 114.3 (4.50) 124 (4.88) 120 (4.72) 120 (4.72) 130 (5.12) 120.7 (4.75) 127 (5.00) 127 (5.00) 165.1 (6.50) 125 (4.92) 127 (5.00) 165.1 (6.50)
N 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8
G 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 23 (0.91) 15.7 (0.62) 22.4 (0.88) 22.4 (0.88) 28.4 (1.12) 18 (0.71) 22.4 (0.88) 28.4 (1.12) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 25.4 (1.00) 18 (0.71) 19 (0.75) 25.4 (1.00)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 8.2 (18.08) 8.4 (18.52) 11.9 (26.24) 8.1 (17.86) 9.3 (20.51) 11.3 (24.92) 16.2 (35.72) 8.8 (19.4) 11.7 (25.8) 16.3 (35.94) 11.1 (24.48) 11.6 (25.58) 14.3 (31.53) 11.7 (25.8) 13.2 (29.11) 14.8 (32.63) 26.5 (58.43) 11.3 (24.92) 15.8 (34.84) 26.9 (59.31)
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY080 DY100
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD2 BD3 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD2 BD3 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD2 FD3 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD2 FD3 to FD4 CA4 CA5
L 200 (7.87) 245 (9.65) 200 (7.87) 235 (9.25) 250 (9.84) 220 (8.66) 240 (9.45) 280 (11.02) 220 (8.66) 270 (10.63) 285 (11.22)
C 71 (2.80) 93.8 (3.69)
D 185 (7.28) 200 (7.87) 210 (8.27) 190.5 (7.50) 209.6 (8.25) 209.6 (8.25) 241.3 (9.50) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 209.6 (8.25) 241.3 (9.50) 210 (8.27) 225 (8.90) 250 (9.84) 228.6 (9.00) 254 (10.00) 273 (10.75) 292.1 (11.50) 220 (8.66) 235 (9.25) 273 (10.75) 292.1 (11.50)
H 371 (14.61) 378.5 (14.90) 383.5 (15.10) 374 (14.72) 383.5 (15.10) 383.5 (15.10) 399 (15.71) 378.5 (14.90) 378.5 (14.90) 383.5 (15.10) 399 (15.71) 398.5 (15.69) 406 (15.98) 418.5 (16.48) 409 (16.10) 420.5 (16.56) 430 (16.93) 439.5 (17.30) 403.5 (15.89) 411 (16.18) 430 (16.93) 439.5 (17.30)
H1 175 (6.89) 190 (7.48)
T 18 (0.71) 22 (0.87) 32 (1.26) 23.9 (0.94) 28.4 (1.12) 38.2 (1.50) 44.5 (1.75) 20 (0.79) 24 (0.95) 39.7 (1.56) 46 (1.81) 18 (0.71) 24 (0.95) 36 (1.42) 23.9 (0.94) 31.8 (1.25) 44.5 (1.75) 50.9 (2.00) 20 (0.79) 24 (0.95) 46 (1.81) 52.4 (2.06)
J 150 (5.91) 160 (6.30) 170 (6.69) 152.4 (6.00) 168.2 (6.62) 168 (6.61) 190.5 (7.50) 160 (6.30) 160 (6.30) 170 (6.69) 180 (7.09) 175 (6.89) 185 (7.28) 205 (8.07) 190.5 (7.50) 200.2 (7.88) 216 (8.50) 235 (9.25) 180 (7.09) 190 (7.48) 216 (8.50) 235 (9.25)
N 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
G 19 (0.75) 23 (0.91) 23 (0.91) 19 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88) 22.4 (0.88) 25.4 (1.00) 18 (0.71) 18 (0.71) 22.4 (0.88) 25.4 (1.00) 19 (0.75) 23 (0.91) 25 (0.98) 19 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88) 25.4 (1.00) 31.8 (1.25) 18 (0.71) 22 (0.87) 25.4 (1.00) 31.8 (1.25)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 17.4 (38.37) 20 (44.1) 25.4 (56.01) 20 (44.1) 23.8 (52.48) 25.4 (56.01) 35.7 (78.72) 19.4 (42.78) 20 (44.1) 27.1 (59.76) 36.3 (80.04) 22.8 (50.27) 26.8 (59.09) 38.1 (84.01) 27.4 (60.42) 35.9 (79.16) 50.8 (112.01) 55.9 (123.26) 23.2 (51.16) 27.4 (60.42) 52.8 (116.42) 56.6 (124.8)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-24
Flange type (DY150 to DY400)
74 (2.91) Unit : mm
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32) (approx. inch)
WITH INDICATOR
ELECTRICAL 125 (4.92)
ø94 (3.70) 4.5(0.18) CONNECTION
103.5 (4.07)
EARTH
87.5 (3.44)
TERMINAL
T
N - øG
H1
H
øD
øJ
øC
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY150 DY200
PROCESS BA1 BA4 BA2BA5 BD1 to BD2 BD3 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS4 BS2BS5 FD1 to FD2 FD3 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 FD2 FD3 FD4 CA4 CA5
270 310 336 270 325 340 310 310 375 390
L (10.63) (12.21) (13.23) (10.63) (12.80) (13.39) (12.20) (12.20) (14.77) (15.55)
C 138.8 (5.46) 185.6 (7.31)
280 305 355 279.4 317.5 356 381 285 300 356 381 330 350 342.9 381 419.1 469.9 340 340 360 375 419.1 469.9
D (11.02) (12.01) (13.98) (11.00) (12.50) (14.02) (15.00) (11.22) (11.81) (14.02) (15.00) (12.99) (13.78) (13.50) (15.00) (16.50) (18.50) (13.39) (13.39) (14.17) (14.76) (16.50) (18.50)
Shedder Bar 453 465 490 452 471 491 503 455 463 491 503 510 520 516 535 554 579 515 515 525 532 554 579
Material: L, E, X (17.83) (18.31) (19.29) (17.80) (18.54) (19.33) (19.80) (17.91) (18.23) (19.33) (19.80) (20.08) (20.47) (20.31) (21.06) (21.81) (22.80) (20.28) (20.28) (20.67) (20.94) (21.81) (22.80)
H
Shedder Bar 460 472 497 459 478 498 510 462 470 498 510 517 527 523 542 561 586 522 522 532 539 561 586
Material: B (18.11) (18.58) (19.57) (18.67) (18.82) (19.61) (20.08) (18.19) (18.50) (19.61) (20.08) (20.35) (20.75) (20.59) (21.34) (22.09) (23.07) (20.55) (20.55) (20.94) (21.22) (22.09) (23.07)
Shedder Bar 209 (8.23) 241 (9.49)
Material: L, E, X
H1
Shedder Bar 216 (8.50) 248 (9.76)
Material: B
22 28 44 25.4 36.6 54.4 62 22 28 19.9 28.8 22 30 28.4 41.1 62 69.9 24 24 30 34 63.6 71.4
T (0.87) (1.10) (1.73) (1.00) (1.44) (2.14) (2.44) (0.87) (1.10) (0.78) (1.13) (0.87) (1.18) (1.12) (1.62) (2.44) (2.75) (0.95) (0.95) (1.18) (1.34) (2.50) (2.81)
240 260 295 241.3 269.7 292 317.5 240 250 66.5 82.6 290 305 298.5 330.2 349.3 393.7 295 295 310 320 349.3 393.7
J (9.45) (10.24) (11.61) (9.50) (10.62) (11.50) (12.50) (9.45) (9.84) (2.62) (3.25) (11.42) (12.01) (11.75) (13.00) (13.75) (15.50) (11.61) (11.61) (12.20) (12.60) (13.75) (15.50)
N 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 8 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 12
23 25 33 22.4 22.4 28.4 31.8 22 26 28.4 31.8 23 22.4 25 25.4 31.8 38.1 22 22 26 30 31.8 38.1
G (0.91) (0.98) (1.30) (0.88) (0.88) (1.12) (1.25) (0.87) (1.02) (1.12) (1.25) (0.91) (0.88) (0.98) (1.00) (1.25) (1.50) (0.87) (0.87) (1.02) (1.18) (1.25) (1.50)
33.4 43.4 76.4 36.4 54.4 84.4 106 33.4 42.9 90 107 45.4 52.4 55.4 80.4 136 182 46.3 46.3 53.6 55.9 139 183
WEIGHT kg (lb) (73.65) (95.7) (168.46) (80.26) (119.95) (186.10) (233.73) (73.65) (94.59) (198.45) (235.94) (100.11) (115.54) (122.16) (177.28) (299.88) (401.31) (102.09) (102.09) (118.19) (123.26) (306.52) (403.52)
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY250 DY300 DY400
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 370 (14.57) 400 (15.75) 520 (20.47)
C 230.8 (9.09) 276.2 (10.87) 354.2 (13.94)
400 140 406.4 444.5 445 480 482.6 520.7 560 605 596.9 647.7
D (15.75) (5.51) (16.00) (17.50) (17.52) (18.90) (19.00) (20.50) (22.05) (23.82) (23.5) (25.5)
581 309.5 584 603 633 651 652 671 757.5 780 776 801
H (22.87) (12.19) (22.99) (23.74) (24.92) (25.63) (25.67) (26.42) (29.82) (30.71) (30.55) (31.54)
H1 277 (10.91) 307 (12.09) 374 (14.72)
24 34 30.2 47.8 24 36 31.8 50.8 28 46 36.6 57.2
T (0.94) (1.34) (1.19) (1.88) (0.94) (1.42) (1.25) (2.00) (1.10) (1.81) (1.44) (2.25)
355 380 362 387.4 400 430 431.8 450.9 510 540 539.8 571.5
J (13.98) (14.96) (14.25) (15.25) (15.75) (16.93) (17.00) (17.75) (20.08) (21.26) (21.25) (22.5)
N 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 16 16 16 16 20
25 27 25.4 28.5 25 27 25.4 31.8 27 33 28.5 35.1
G (0.98) (1.06) (1.00) (1.12) (0.98) (1.06) (1.00) (1.25) (1.06) (1.30) (1.12) (1.38)
78 100 90 125 100 128 140 178 265 308 300 370
WEIGHT kg (lb) (171.99) (220.5) (198.45) (275.63) (220.5) (282.24) (308.7) (392.49) (584.2) (679) (661.4) (815.7)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-25
n High Process Temperature Version (/HT): DY025/HT to DY100/HT
n Cryogenic Version (/LT): DY015/LT to DY100/LT
n Wafer type Unit : mm
(approx. inch)
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32)
ELECTRICAL
4.5 (0.18) CONNECTION 125 (4.92)
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
EARTH
87.5 (3.44)
TERMINAL
2 -øG
H1
F
øD
øC
E B
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY015/LT DY025/LT, DY025/HT DY040/LT, DY040/HT
AD1 AD1 AD1
PROCESS to to to
CONNECTION AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD4 AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD4 AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD4
L 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76)
B 35 (1.38) 35 (1.38) 35 (1.38)
C 14.6 (0.57) 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56)
D 35.1 (1.38) 50.8 (2.00) 73 (2.87)
H 391 (15.39) 401 (15.79) 419 (16.50)
H1 270 (10.63) 272 (10.71) 279 (10.98)
49.5 49.5 56.6 42.7 47.1 47.1 46 63.6 63.6 67.2 56 62.9 62.9 60.1 74.2 74.2 84.9 69.7 80.8 80.8 77.8
E (1.95) (1.95) (2.23) (1.68) (1.85) (1.85) (1.81) (2.50) (2.50) (2.65) (2.20) (2.48) (2.48) (2.37) (2.92) (2.92) (3.34) (2.74) (3.18) (3.18) (3.06)
24.7 24.7 28.3 21.4 23.5 23.5 23 31.8 31.8 33.6 28 31.4 31.4 30.1 37.1 37.1 42.4 34.8 40.4 40.4 38.9
F (0.97) (0.97) (1.11) (0.84) (0.93) (0.93) (0.91) (1.25) (1.25) (1.32) (1.10) (1.24) (1.24) (1.19) (1.46) (1.46) (1.67) (1.37) (1.59) (1.59) (1.53)
13 13 17 14 14 14 13 17 17 17 14 17 17 13 17 17 21 14 20 20 17
G (0.51) (0.51) (0.67) (0.55) (0.55) (0.55) (0.51) (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.55) (0.67) (0.67) (0.51) (0.67) (0.67) (0.83) (0.55) (0.79) (0.79) (0.67)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 3.2 (7.06) 4.1 (9.04) 4.7 (10.36)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY050/LT, DY050/HT DY080/LT, DY080/HT DY100/LT, DY100/HT
AD1
PROCESS to AD1 AD3 AP1 AP2 AP4 AD1 AD3
CONNECTION AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD4 AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD2 AD4 AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD2 AD4
L 75 (2.95) 100 (3.94) 120 (4.72)
B 37.5 (1.48) 40 (1.57) 50 (1.97)
C 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.80) 93.8 (3.69)
D 92 (3.62) 127 (5.00) 157.2 (6.19)
H 450.5 (17.74) 485 (19.09) 515 (20.28)
H1 301 (11.85) 318 (12.52) 333 (13.11)
E 45.9 49.8 (Note 1) 48.6 48.6 (Note 1) 57.4 61.2 65.1 (Note 1) 64.4 64.4 61.2 61.2 67 70.8 78.5 72.9 76.6 82.6 68.9 72.7
(Note 1) (1.81) (1.96) (1.91) (1.91) (2.26) (2.41) (2.56) (2.54) (2.54) (2.41) (2.41) (2.64) (2.79) (3.09) (2.87) (3.02) (3.25) (2.71) (2.86)
F 55.4 60.1 (Note 1) 58.7 58.7 (Note 1) 69.3 73.9 78.5 (Note 1) 77.7 77.7 73.9 73.9 80.8 85.5 94.7 88 92.5 99.7 83.1 87.8
(Note 1) (2.18) (2.37) (2.31) (2.31) (2.73) (2.91) (3.09) (3.06) (3.06) (2.91) (2.91) (3.18) (3.37) (3.73) (3.46) (3.64) (3.93) (3.27) (3.46)
G 17 17 17 17 17 21 21 20 20 17 17 17 21 23 17 20 23 17 21
(Note 1) (0.67) (0.67) (Note 1) (0.67) (0.67) (Note 1) (0.67) (0.83) (0.83) (Note 1) (0.79) (0.79) (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.83) (0.91) (0.67) (0.79) (0.91) (0.67) (0.83)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 6.4 (14.11) 9.8 (21.61) 13.2 (29.11)
(Note 1) The holes are not provided.
(Note 2) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-26
High Process Temperature Version (/HT): DY025/HT to DY100/HT
Cryogenic Version (/LT): DY015/LT to DY100/LT
Flange type Unit : mm
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32)
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION (approx. inch)
4.5(0.18) 125 (4.92)
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
EARTH
87.5 (3.44)
TERMINAL
H1
H
T
N -øG
øD
øJ
øC
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY015/LT DY025/LT, DY025/HT
BD1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 to BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 BD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5
130 160 130 140 160 150 190 150 170 190
L (5.12) (6.30) (5.12) (5.51) (6.30) (5.91) (7.48) (5.91) (6.69) (7.48)
C 14.6 (0.57) 25.7 (1.01)
95 95 115 88.9 95.3 95.3 120.7 95 95.3 120.7 125 125 130 108 124 124 149.4 115 124 149.4
D (3.74) (3.74) (4.53) (3.50) (3.75) (3.75) (4.75) (3.74) (3.75) (4.75) (4.92) (4.92) (5.12) (4.25) (4.88) (4.88) (5.88) (4.53) (4.88) (5.88)
421 421 431 418 421 421 434 421 421 434 438 438 441 430 438 438 450 433 438 450
H (16.57) (16.57) (16.97) (16.46) (16.57) (16.57) (17.09) (16.57) (16.57) (17.09) (17.24) (17.24) (17.36) (16.93) (17.24) (17.24) (17.72) (17.05) (17.24) (17.18)
H1 270 (10.63) 272 (10.71)
12 14 20 11.2 14.2 21 28.8 16 19.9 28.8 14 16 22 14.2 17.5 24 34.9 18 24 34.9
T (0.47) (0.55) (0.79) (0.44) (0.56) (0.83) (1.13) (0.63) (0.78) (1.13) (0.55) (0.63) (0.87) (0.56) (0.69) (0.94) (1.37) (0.71) (0.94) (1.37)
70 70 80 60.5 66.5 66.5 82.6 65 66.5 82.6 90 90 95 79.2 89 89 101.6 85 89 101.6
J (2.76) (2.76) (3.15) (2.38) (2.62) (2.62) (2.25) (2.56) (2.62) (2.25) (3.54) (3.54) (3.74) (3.12) (3.50) (3.50) (4.00) (3.35) (3.50) (4.00)
N 4 4
15 15 19 15.7 15.7 15.7 22.4 14 15.7 22.4 19 19 19 15.7 19 19 25.4 14 19 25.4
G (0.59) (0.59) (0.75) (0.62) (0.62) (0.62) (0.88) (0.55) (0.62) (0.88) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.62) (0.75) (0.75) (1.00) (0.55) (0.75) (1.00)
4.6 4.7 6.3 4.5 4.7 5 7.1 4.6 4.9 7.2 7.3 7.5 9 7 7.6 8.1 11.5 7.3 8.3 11.8
WEIGHT kg (lb) (10.14) (10.36) (13.89) (9.92) (10.36) (11.03) (15.66) (10.14) (10.8) (15.88) (16.1) (16.54) (19.85) (15.44) (16.76) (17.86) (25.36) (16.1) (18.3) (26.02)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY040/LT, DY040/HT DY050/LT, DY050/HT
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BP2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5
150 200 150 185 200 170 230 170 205 230
L (5.91) (7.87) (5.91) (7.28) (7.87) (6.69) (9.06) (6.69) (8.07) (9.06)
C 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01)
140 140 160 127 155.4 155.4 177.8 150 155.4 177.8 155 155 165 152.4 165.1 165.1 215.9 165 165.1 215.9
D (5.51) (5.51) (6.30) (5.00) (6.12) (6.12) (7.00) (5.91) (6.12) (7.00) (6.10) (6.10) (6.50) (6.00) (6.50) (6.50) (8.50) (6.50) (6.50) (8.50)
453 453 463 446 460 460 472 458 460 472 482 482 487 481 487 487 513 487 487 513
H (17.83) (17.83) (18.23) (17.56) (18.11) (18.11) (18.58) (18.03) (18.11) (18.58) (18.98) (18.98) (19.17) (18.94) (19.17) (19.17) (20.20) (19.17) (19.17) (20.20)
H1 279 (10.98) 301 (11.85)
16 18 26 17.5 20.6 28.8 38.2 18 28.8 38.2 16 18 26 19.1 22.4 31.8 44.5 20 33.3 46
T (0.63) (0.71) (1.02) (0.69) (0.81) (1.13) (1.50) (0.71) (1.13) (1.50) (0.63) (0.71) (1.02) (0.75) (0.88) (1.25) (1.75) (0.79) (1.31) (1.81)
105 105 120 98.6 114.3 114.3 124 110 114.3 124 120 120 130 120.7 127 127 165.1 125 127 165.1
J (4.13) (4.13) (4.72) (3.88) (4.50) (4.50) (4.88) (4.33) (4.50) (4.88) (4.72) (4.72) (5.12) (4.75) (5.00) (5.00) (6.50) (4.92) (5.00) (6.50)
N 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8
19 19 23 15.7 22.4 22.4 28.4 18 22.4 28.4 19 19 19 19 19 19 25.4 18 19 25.4
G (0.75) (0.75) (0.91) (0.62) (0.88) (0.88) (1.12) (0.71) (0.88) (1.12) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (1.00) (0.71) (0.75) (1.00)
8.6 8.8 12.3 8.5 9.7 11.7 16.6 9.2 12.1 16.7 11.5 12 14.7 12.1 13.6 15.2 26.9 11.7 16.2 27.3
WEIGHT kg (lb) (18.96) (19.4) (27.12) (18.74) (21.39) (25.8) (36.6) (20.29) (26.68) (36.82) (25.36) (26.46) (32.42) (26.68) (29.99) (33.52) (59.32) (25.8) (35.72) (60.2)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY080/LT, DY080/HT DY100/LT, DY100/HT
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD2 BD3 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD2 BD3 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD2 FD3 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD2 FD3 to FD4 CA4 CA5
200 245 200 235 250 220 240 280 220 270 285
L
(7.87) (9.65) (7.87) (9.25) (9.84) (8.66) (9.45) (11.02) (8.66) (10.63) (11.22)
C 71 (2.80) 93.8 (3.69)
185 200 210 190.5 209.6 209.6 241.3 200 200 209.6 241.3 210 225 250 228.6 254 273 292.1 220 235 273 292.1
D
(7.28) (7.87) (8.27) (7.50) (8.25) (8.25) (9.50) (7.87) (7.87) (8.25) (9.50) (8.27) (8.86) (9.84) (9.00) (10.00) (10.75) (11.50) (8.66) (9.25) (10.75) (11.50)
514 522 527 517 527 527 542 522 522 527 542 542 549 562 552 564 573 583 547 554 573 583
H
(20.24) (20.55) (20.75) (20.35) (20.75) (20.75) (21.34) (20.55) (20.55) (20.75) (21.34) (21.34) (21.61) (22.13) (21.73) (22.20) (22.56) (22.95) (21.54) (21.81) (22.56) (22.95)
H1 318 (12.52) 333 (13.11)
18 22 32 23.9 28.4 38.2 44.5 20 24 39.7 46 18 24 36 23.9 31.8 44.5 50.9 20 24 46 52.4
T
(0.71) (0.87) (1.26) (0.94) (1.12) (1.50) (1.75) (0.79) (0.94) (1.56) (1.81) (0.71) (0.94) (1.42) (0.94) (1.25) (1.75) (2.00) (0.79) (0.94) (1.81) (2.06)
150 160 170 152.4 168.2 168 190.5 160 160 170 180 175 185 205 190.5 200.2 216 235 180 190 216 235
J
(5.91) (6.30) (6.69) (6.00) (6.62) (6.61) (7.50) (6.30) (6.30) (6.69) (7.09) (6.89) (7.28) (8.07) (7.50) (7.88) (8.50) (9.25) (7.09) (7.48) (8.50) (9.25)
N 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
19 23 23 19 22.4 22.4 25.4 18 22.4 25.4 19 23 25 19 22.4 25.4 31.8 18 22 25.4 31.8
G 18 (0.71)
(0.75) (0.91) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.88) (1.00) (0.71) (0.88) (1.00) (0.75) (0.91) (0.98) (0.75) (0.88) (1.00) (1.25) (0.71) (0.87) (1.00) (1.25)
17.8 20.4 25.8 20.4 24.2 25.8 36.1 19.8 20.4 27.5 36.7 23.2 27.2 38.5 27.7 36.3 51.2 56.3 23.6 27.8 53.2 57
WEIGHT kg (lb)
(39.25) (44.98) (56.89) (44.98) (53.36) (56.89) (79.6) (43.66) (44.98) (60.64) (80.92) (51.16) (59.98) (84.89) (61.3) (80.04) (112.9) (124.14) (52.04) (61.3) (117.31) (125.69)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-27
High Process Temperature Version (/HT): DY150/HT to DY400/HT
Flange type
Unit : mm
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32) ELECTRICAL (approx. inch)
CONNECTION
4.5 (0.18) 125 (4.92)
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
EARTH
87.5 (3.44)
TERMINAL
H1
N -øG
øD
øJ
øC
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY150/HT DY200/HT
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD2 BD3 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD2 FD3 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 FD2 FD3 FD4 CA4 CA5
270 310 336 270 325 340 310 370 386 310 375 390
L (10.63) (12.20) (13.23) (10.63) (12.80) (13.39) (12.20) (14.57) (15.20) (12.20) (14.77) (15.35)
C 138.8 (5.46) 185.6 (7.31)
280 305 355 279.4 317.5 356 381 285 300 356 381 330 350 342.9 381 419.1 469.9 340 340 360 375 419.1 469.9
D (11.02) (12.01) (13.98) (11.00) (12.50) (14.02) (15.00) (11.22) (11.81) (14.02) (15.00) (12.99) (13.78) (13.50) (15.00) (16.50) (18.50) (13.39) (13.39) (14.17) (14.76) (16.50) (18.50)
583 595 620 582 601 621 633 585 593 621 633 640 650 646 665 684 709 645 645 655 662 684 709
Shedder Bar Material: X (22.95) (23.43) (24.41) (22.91) (23.66) (24.45) (24.92) (23.03) (23.35) (24.45) (24.92) (25.20) (25.59) (25.43) (26.18) (26.93) (27.91) (25.39) (25.39) (25.79) (26.06) (26.93) (27.91)
H
590 602 627 589 608 628 640 592 600 628 640 647 657 653 672 691 716 652 652 662 669 691 716
Shedder Bar Material: B (23.23) (23.70) (24.69) (23.19) (23.94) (24.72) (25.20) (23.31) (23.62) (24.72) (25.20) (25.47) (25.87) (25.71) (26.46) (27.20) (28.19) (25.67) (25.67) (26.06) (26.34) (27.20) (28.19)
Shedder Bar Material: X 339 (13.35) 371 (14.61)
H1
Shedder Bar Material: B 346 (13.62) 378 (14.88)
22 28 44 25.4 36.6 54.4 62 22 28 55.7 63.6 22 30 28.4 41.1 62 69.9 24 24 30 34 63.6 71.4
T (0.87) (1.10) (1.73) (1.00) (1.44) (2.14) (2.44) (0.87) (1.10) (2.19) (2.50) (0.87) (1.18) (1.12) (1.62) (2.44) (2.75) (0.95) (0.95) (1.18) (1.34) (2.50) (2.81)
240 260 295 241.3 269.7 292 317.5 240 250 292 317.5 290 305 298.5 330.2 349.3 393.7 295 295 310 320 349.3 393.7
J (9.45) (10.24) (11.61) (9.50) (10.62) (11.50) (12.50) (9.45) (9.84) (11.50) (12.50) (11.42) (12.01) (11.75) (13.00) (13.75) (15.50) (11.61) (11.61) (12.20) (12.60) (13.75) (15.50)
N 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 8 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 12
23 25 33 22.4 22.4 28.4 31.8 22 26 28.4 31.8 23 25 22.4 25.4 31.8 38.1 22 22 26 30 31.8 38.1
G (0.91) (0.98) (1.30) (0.88) (0.88) (1.12) (1.25) (0.87) (1.02) (1.12) (1.25) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (1.00) (1.25) (1.50) (0.87) (0.87) (1.02) (1.18) (1.25) (1.50)
33.4 43.4 76.4 36.4 54.4 84.4 106 33.4 42.9 90 107 45.4 52.4 55.4 80.4 136 182 46.3 46.3 53.6 55.9 139 183
WEIGHT kg (lb) (73.65) (95.7) (168.46) (80.26) (119.95) (186.1) (233.73) (73.65) (94.59) (198.45) (235.94) (100.11) (115.54) (122.16) (177.28) (299.88) (401.31) (102.09) (102.091) (18.19) (123.26) (306.5) (403.52)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY250/HT DY300/HT DY400/HT
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 370 (14.57) 400 (15.75) 520 (20.47)
C 230.8 (9.09) 276.2 (10.87) 354.2 (13.94)
400 430 406.4 444.5 445 480 482.6 520.7 560 605 596.9 647.7
D (15.75) (16.93) (16.00) (17.50) (17.52) (18.90) (19.00) (20.50) (22.05) (23.82) (23.5) (25.5)
720 735 723 742 772 790 791 810 887.5 910 906 931.4
H (28.35) (28.94) (28.46) (29.21) (30.39) (31.10) (31.14) (31.89) (34.94) (35.83) (35.67) (36.67)
H1 416 (16.38) 446 (17.56) 504 (19.84)
24 34 30.2 47.8 24 36 31.8 50.8 28 46 36.6 57.2
T (0.94) (1.34) (1.19) (1.88) (0.94) (1.42) (1.25) (2.00) (1.10) (1.81) (1.44) (2.25)
355 380 362 387.4 400 430 431.8 450.9 510 540 539.8 571.5
J (13.98) (14.96) (14.25) (15.25) (15.75) (16.93) (17.00) (17.75) (20.08) (21.26) (21.25) (22.5)
N 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 16 16 16 16 20
25 27 25.4 28.5 25 27 25.4 31.8 27 33 28.5 35.1
G (0.98) (1.06) (1.00) (1.12) (0.98) (1.06) (1.00) (1.25) (1.06) (1.30) (1.12) (1.38)
78 100 90 125 100 128 140 178 265 308 300 370
WEIGHT kg (lb) (171.99) (220.5) (198.45) (275.63) (220.5) (282.24) (308.7) (392.49) (584.2) (679) (661.4) (815.7)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-28
Reduced Bore Type (/R1): DY025/R1 to DY150/R1
Flange type
Unit : mm
(approx. inch)
WITH INDICATOR
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
74 (2.91)
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32)
4.5(0.18) 125 (4.92)
EARTH TERMINAL
ø94 (3.70)
103.5 (4.07)
87.5 (3.44)
T
N- øG
H1
H
øD
øJ
øC
S
øC
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY025/R1 DY040/R1 DY050/R1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 150 (5.91) 150 (5.90) 170 (6.69)
C 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01)
CS 14.6 (0.57) 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56)
D 125 (4.92) 125 (4.92) 108 (4.25) 124 (4.88) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 127 (5.00) 155.4 (6.12) 155 (6.10) 155 (6.10) 152.4 (6.00) 165.1 (6.50)
H 293 (11.54) 293 (11.54) 284.5 (11.20) 292.5 (11.52) 302.5 (11.91) 302.5 (11.91) 296 (11.65) 310 (12.20) 317 (12.48) 317 (12.48) 315.5 (12.42) 322 (12.68)
H1 127 (5.00) 129 (5.08) 136 (5.35)
T 14 (0.55) 16 (0.63) 14.2 (0.56) 17.5 (0.69) 16 (0.63) 18 (0.71) 17.5 (0.69) 20.6 (0.81) 16 (0.63) 18 (0.71) 19.1 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88)
J 90 (3.54) 90 (3.54) 79.2 (3.12) 89 (3.50) 105 (4.13) 105 (4.13) 98.6 (3.88) 114.3 (4.5) 120 (4.72) 120 (4.72) 120.7 (4.75) 127 (5.00)
N 4 4 4 8 4 8
G 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 15.7 (0.62) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 15.7 (0.62) 22.4 (0.88) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 6.1 (13.4) 6.5 (14.3) 5.5 (12.1) 7 (15.4) 9.5 (20.9) 10.1 (22.3) 9.4 (20.7) 12.6 (27.8) 10.5 (23.1) 11.1 (24.5) 11.4 (25.1) 13.6 (30.0)
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY080/R1 DY100/R1 DY150/R1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 200 (7.87) 220 (8.66) 270 (10.63)
C 71 (2.80) 93.8 (3.69) 138.8 (5.46)
CS 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.80) 93.8 (3.69)
D 185 (7.28) 200 (7.87) 190.5 (7.50) 209.6 (8.25) 210 (8.27) 225 (8.86) 228.6 (9.00) 254 (10.00) 280 (11.02) 305 (12.01) 279.4 (11.00) 317.5 (12.50)
H 354 (13.94) 361.5 (14.23) 357 (14.06) 366.5 (14.43) 383.5 (15.10) 391 (15.39) 393 (15.47) 405.5 (15.97) 433.5 (17.07) 446 (17.56) 433 (17.05) 452 (17.80)
H1 158 (6.22) 175 (6.89) 190 (7.48)
T 18 (0.71) 22 (0.87) 23.9 (0.94) 28.4 (1.12) 18 (0.71) 24 (0.94) 23.9 (0.94) 31.8 (1.25) 22 (0.87) 28 (1.10) 25.4 (1.00) 36.6 (1.44)
J 150 (5.91) 160 (6.30) 152.4 (6.00) 168.2 (6.62) 175 (6.89) 185 (7.28) 190.5 (7.50) 200.2 (7.88) 240 (9.45) 260 (10.24) 241.3 (9.50) 269.7 (10.62)
N 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12
G 19 (0.75) 23 (0.91) 19 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88) 19 (0.75) 23 (0.91) 19 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88) 23 (0.91) 25 (0.98) 22.4 (0.88) 22.4 (0.88)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 18.6 (41.0) 21.7 (47.8) 21.9 (48.3) 26.9 (59.3) 25 (55.1) 30 (66.1) 30.6 (67.5) 41 (90.4) 45.9 (101.2) 56.3 (124.1) 49.4 (108.9) 71.7 (158.1)
(Note 1) Integral weight is the same as Remote.
(Note 2) In case of with Indicator, add 0.2kg.
(Note 3) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-29
Reduced Bore Type (/R1): DY200/R1
Flange type
Unit : mm
WITH INDICATOR (approx. inch)
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
74 (2.91)
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32)
4.5(0.18) 125 (4.29)
EARTH TERMINAL
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
87.5 (3.44)
T
N- øG
H1
H
øD
øC
øJ
S
øC
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY200/R1
PROCESS BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 310 (12.20)
C 185.6 (7.31)
CS 138.8 (5.46)
D 330 (12.99) 350 (13.78) 342.9 (13.50) 381 (15.00)
Shedder Bar Material: L, E, X 477.5 (18.80) 487.5 (19.19) 484 (19.06) 503 (19.80)
H
Shedder Bar Material: B 484.5 (19.07) 494.5 (19.47) 491 (19.33) 510 (20.08)
Shedder Bar Material: L, E, X 209 (8.23)
H1
Shedder Bar Material: B 216 (8.50)
T 22 (0.87) 30 (1.18) 28.4 (1.12) 41.1 (1.62)
J 290 (11.42) 305 (12.01) 298.5 (11.75) 330.2 (13.00)
N 12 12 8 12
G 23 (0.91) 25 (0.98) 22.4 (0.88) 25.4 (1.00)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 58.7 (129.4) 74.1 (163.4) 70.7 (155.9) 102.9 (226.9)
(Note 1) Integral weight is the same as Remote.
(Note 2) In case of with Indicator, add 0.2kg.
(Note 3) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-30
High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type (/HT/R1): DY040/HT/R1 to DY150/
HT/R1
Flange type Unit : mm
(approx. inch)
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32)
EARTH TERMINAL
4.5(0.18) 125 (4.92)
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
87.5 (3.44)
H
H1
N- øG
øC
S
øD
øC
øJ
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY040/HT/R1 DY050/HT/R1 DY080/HT/R1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 150 (5.90) 170 (6.69) 200 (7.87)
C 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79)
CS 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01)
D 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 127 (5.00) 155.4 (6.12) 155 (6.10) 155 (6.10) 152.4 (6.00) 165.1 (6.50) 185 (7.28) 200 (7.87) 190.5 (7.50) 209.6 (8.25)
H 445.5 (17.54) 445.5 (17.54) 439 (17.28) 453 (17.83) 460 (18.11) 460 (18.11) 458.5 (18.05) 465 (18.30) 497 (19.57) 504.5 (19.86) 500 (19.68) 509.5 (20.05)
H1 272 (10.71) 279 (10.98) 301 (11.85)
T 16 (0.63) 18 (0.71) 17.5 (0.69) 20.6 (0.81) 16 (0.63) 18 (0.71) 19.1 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88) 18 (0.71) 22 (0.87) 23.9 (0.94) 28.4 (1.11)
J 105 (4.13) 105 (4.13) 98.6 (3.88) 114.3 (4.50) 120 (4.72) 120 (4.72) 120.7 (4.75) 127 (5.00) 150 (5.91) 160 (6.30) 152.4 (6.00) 168.2 (6.62)
N 4 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8
G 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 15.7 (0.62) 22.4 (0.88) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 23 (0.91) 19 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 10 (22.0) 10.5 (23.1) 9.8 (21.6) 13 (28.7) 10.9 (24.0) 11.5 (25.4) 11.8 (26.0) 14 (30.9) 19 (41.9) 22.1 (48.7) 22.3 (49.2) 27.3 (60.2)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY100/HT/R1 DY150/HT/R1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 220 (8.66) 270 (10.63)
C 93.8 (3.69) 138.8 (5.46)
CS 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69)
D 210 (8.27) 225 (8.86) 228.6 (9.00) 254 (10.00) 280 (11.02) 305 (12.01) 279.4 (11.00) 317.5 (12.50)
H 526.5 (20.73) 534 (21.02) 536 (21.10) 548.5 (21.59) 576.5 (22.70) 589 (23.19) 576 (22.68) 595.5 (23.44)
H1 318 (12.52) 333 (13.11)
T 18 (0.71) 24 (0.94) 23.9 (0.94) 31.8 (1.25) 22 (0.87) 28 (1.10) 25.4 (1.00) 36.6 (1.44)
J 175 (6.89) 185 (7.28) 190.5 (7.50) 200.2 (7.88) 240 (9.45) 260 (10.24) 241.3 (9.50) 269.7 (10.62)
N 8 8 12 8 12
G 19 (0.75) 23 (0.91) 19 (0.75) 22.4 (0.88) 23 (0.91) 25 (0.98) 22.4 (0.88) 22.4 (0.88)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 25.4 (56.0) 30.4 (67.0) 31 (68.3) 41.4 (91.3) 45.9 (101.2) 56.3 (124.1) 49.4 (108.9) 71.7 (158.1)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-31
High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type (/HT/R1): DY200/HT/R1
Flange type
Unit : mm
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (approx. inch)
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32)
4.5 (0.18)
125 (4.92)
EARTH TERMINAL
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
87.5 (3.44)
T
N- øG
H
øCS
øD
øC
øJ
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY200/HT/R1
PROCESS BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 310 (12.20)
C 185.6 (7.31)
CS 138.8 (5.46)
D 330 (12.99) 350 (13.78) 342.9 (13.5) 381 (15.0)
Shedder Bar Material: X 607.5 (23.92) 617.5 (24.31) 614 (24.17) 633 (24.92)
H
Shedder Bar Material: B 614.5 (24.19) 624.5 (24.59) 621 (24.45) 640 (25.20)
Shedder Bar Material: X 339 (13.35)
H1
Shedder Bar Material: B 346 (13.62)
T 22 (0.87) 30 (1.18) 28.4 (1.11) 41.1 (1.62)
J 290 (11.42) 305 (12.01) 298.5 (11.75) 330.2 (13.00)
N 12 12 8 12
G 23 (0.91) 25 (0.98) 22.4 (0.88) 25.4 (1.00)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 58.7 (129.4) 74.1 (163.4) 70.7 (155.9) 102.9 (226.9)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-32
Reduced Bore Type (/R2): DY040/R2 to DY200/R2
Flange type
Unit : mm
WITH INDICATOR (approx. inch)
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
74 (2.91)
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32)
4.5(0.18) 125 (4.92)
EARTH TERMINAL
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
87.5 (3.44)
T
N- øG
H
H1
øD
S øJ
øC
øC
TYPE INTEGRAL/REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY040/R2 DY050/R2 DY080/R2 DY100 /R2 DY150/R2 DY200/R2
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 150 (5.90) 170 (6.69) 200 (7.87) 220 (8.66) 270 (10.63) 310 (12.20)
C 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69) 138.8 (5.46) 185.6 (7.30)
CS 14.6 (0.57) 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69)
140 140 127 155.4 155 155 152.4 165.1 185 200 190.5 209.6 210 225 228.6 254 280 305 279.4 317.5 330 350 342.9 381
D
(5.51) (5.51) (4.94) (6.12) (6.10) (6.10) (6.00) (6.50) (7.28) (7.87) (7.50) (8.25) (8.27) (8.86) (9.00) (10.00) (11.02) (12.01) (11.00) (12.50) (12.99) (13.78) (13.50) (15.00)
300.5 300.5 294 308.2 310 310 308.7 315.1 332 339.5 334.8 344.3 366.5 374 375.8 388.5 418.5 431 418.2 437.3 458.5 468.5 465 484
H
(11.83) (11.83) (11.57) (12.13) (12.20) (12.20) (12.15) (12.40) (13.07) (13.37) (13.18) (13.55) (14.43) (14.72) (14.80) (15.30) (16.48) (16.97) (16.46) (17.22) (18.05) (18.44) (18.31) (19.06)
H1 127 (4.94) 129 (5.07) 136 (5.35) 158 (6.22) 175 (6.89) 190 (7.48)
16 18 17.5 20.6 16 18 19.1 22.4 18 22 23.9 28.4 18 24 23.9 31.8 22 28 25.4 36.6 22 30 28.4 41.1
T
(0.63) (0.71) (0.69) (0.81) (0.63) (0.71) (0.75) (0.88) (0.71) (0.87) (0.94) (1.11) (0.71) (0.94) (0.94) (1.25) (0.87) (1.10) (1.00) (1.44) (0.87) (1.18) (1.11) (1.62)
105 105 98.6 114.3 120 120 120.7 127 150 160 152.4 168.2 175 185 190.5 200.2 240 260 241.3 269.7 290 305 298.5 330.2
J
(4.13) (4.13) (3.88) (4.50) (4.72) (4.72) (4.75) (5.00) (5.91) (6.30) (6.00) (6.62) (6.89) (7.28) (7.50) (7.88) (9.45) (10.24) (9.50) (10.62) (11.42) (12.01) (11.75) (13.00)
N 4 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12 8 12
19 19 15.7 22.4 19 23 19 22.4 19 23 19 22.4 23 25 22.4 22.4 23 25 22.4 25.4
G 19 (0.75)
(0.75) (0.75) (0.62) (0.88) (0.75) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.75) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (0.88) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (1.00)
7.7 7.9 7.6 8.8 10 10.5 10.6 12.1 13.6 16.2 16.2 20 20.9 24.9 25.5 34 40.3 50.3 43.3 61.3 61.9 68.9 71.9 96.9
WEIGHT kg (lb)
(17.0) (17.4) (16.8) (19.4) (22.0) (23.1) (23.4) (26.7) (30.0) (35.7) (35.7) (44.1) (46.1) (54.9) (56.2) (75.0) (88.8) (110.9) (95.5) (135.1) (136.5) (151.9) (158.5) (213.6)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-33
High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type (/HT/R2): DY050/HT/R2 to DY200/
HT/R2
Unit : mm
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (approx. inch)
59 (2.32) 59 (2.32)
EARTH TERMINAL
4.5(0.18) 125 (4.92)
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
87.5 (3.44)
H1
H T
N- øG
øC
S
øD
øC
øJ
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY050/HT/R2 DY080/HT/R2 DY100 /HT/R2 DY150/HT/R2 DY200/HT/R2
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 170 (6.69) 200 (7.87) 220 (8.66) 270 (10.63) 310 (12.20)
C 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69) 138.8 (5.46) 185.6 (7.30)
CS 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69)
155 155 152.4 165.1 185 200 190.5 209.6 210 225 228.6 254 280 305 279.4 317.5 330 350 342.9 381
D
(6.10) (6.10) (6.00) (6.50) (7.28) (7.87) (7.50) (8.25) (8.27) (8.86) (9.00) (10.00) (11.02) (12.01) (11.00) (12.5) (12.99) (13.78) (13.5) (15.00)
453 453 451.7 458.1 475 482.5 477.8 487.3 509.5 517 518.8 531.5 561.5 574 561.2 580.3 601.5 611.5 608 627
H
(17.95) (17.95) (17.78) (18.03) (18.70) (19.00) (18.81) (19.19) (20.06) (20.35) (20.43) (20.93) (22.11) (22.60) (22.09) (22.85) (23.68) (24.07) (23.94) (24.69)
H1 272 (10.71) 279 (10.98) 301 (11.85) 318 (12.52) 333 (13.11)
16 18 19.1 22.4 18 22 23.9 28.4 18 24 23.9 31.8 22 28 25.4 36.6 22 30 28.4 41.1
T
(0.63) (0.71) (0.75) (0.88) (0.71) (0.87) (0.94) (1.11) (0.71) (0.94) (0.94) (1.25) (0.87) (1.10) (1.0) (1.44) (0.87) (1.18) (1.11) (1.62)
120 120 120.7 127 150 160 152.4 168.2 175 185 190.5 200.2 240 260 241.3 269.7 290 305 298.5 330.2
J
(4.72) (4.72) (4.75) (5.00) (5.91) (6.30) (6.00) (6.62) (6.89) (7.28) (7.50) (7.88) (9.45) (10.24) (9.50) (10.62) (11.42) (12.01) (11.75) (13.00)
N 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12 8 12
19 23 19 22.4 19 23 19 22.4 23 25 22.4 22.4 23 25 22.4 25.4
G 19 (0.75)
(0.75) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.75) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (0.88) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (1.00)
10.4 10.9 11 12.5 14 16.6 16.6 20.4 21.3 25.3 25.9 34.4 40.3 50.3 43.3 61.3 61.9 68.9 71.9 96.9
WEIGHT kg (lb)
(23.0) (24.0) (24.3) (27.6) (30.9) (36.6) (36.6) (45.0) (47.0) (55.8) (57.1) (75.8) (88.8) (110.9) (95.5) (135.1) (136.5) (151.9) (158.5) (213.6)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-34
Stainless Steel Housing: DY015/E1 to DY100/E1
Wafer Type
Unit : mm
32.5
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
EARTH TERMINAL
(approx. inch)
20 (0.78) (1.28) 14.5 (0.57)
58 (2.28)
5
(0.19)
ø78 (3.07)
91 (3.58)
75.5 (2.97)
2 - øG
H1
H
F
øD
øC B
E
L
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY015/E1 DY025/E1 DY040/E1
AD1 AD1 AD1
PROCESS to to to
CONNECTION AJ1 AJ2 AJ4AA1 AA2 AA4 AJ1AD4 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AJ1 AJ2 AD4
AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD4
L 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76)
B 35 (1.38) 35 (1.38) 35 (1.38)
C 14.6 (0.57) 25.7(1.01) 39.7 (1.56)
D 35.1 (1.38) 50.8 (2.00) 73 (2.87)
H 235.5 (9.27) 245.4 (9.66) 263.5 (10.37)
H1 127 (5.00) 129 (5.08) 136 (5.35)
49.5 49.5 56.6 42.7 47.1 47.1 46 63.6 63.6 67.2 56 62.9 62.9 60.1 74.2 74.2 84.9 69.7 80.8 80.8 77.8
E (1.95) (1.95) (2.23) (1.68) (1.85) (1.85) (1.81) (2.50) (2.50) (2.65) (2.20) (2.48) (2.48) (2.37) (2.92) (2.92) (3.34) (2.74) (3.18) (3.18) (3.06)
24.7 24.7 28.3 21.4 23.5 23.5 23 31.8 31.8 33.6 28 31.4 31.4 30.1 37.1 37.1 42.4 34.8 40.4 40.4 38.9
F (0.97) (0.97) (1.11) (0.84) (0.93) (0.93) (0.91) (1.25) (1.25) (1.32) (1.10) (1.24) (1.24) (1.19) (1.46) (1.46) (1.67) (1.37) (1.59) (1.59) (1.53)
13 13 17 14 14 14 13 17 17 17 14 17 17 13 17 17 21 14 20 20 17
G (0.51) (0.51) (0.67) (0.55) (0.55) (0.55) (0.51) (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.55) (0.67) (0.67) (0.51) (0.67) (0.67) (0.83) (0.55) (0.79) (0.79) (0.67)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 2.9 (6.4) 3.8 (8.4) 4.4 (9.7)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY050/E1 DY080/E1 DY100/E1
AD1
PROCESS to AD1 AD3 AD1 AD3
CONNECTION AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD4 AJ1 AJ2 AJ4
AA1 AA2 AA4 AD2 AD4AJ1 AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AA4 AD2 AD4
L 75 (2.95) 100 (3.94) 120 (4.72)
B 37.5 (1.48) 40 (1.57) 50 (1.97)
C 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.80) 93.8 (3.69)
D 92 (3.62) 127 (5.00) 157.2 (6.19)
H 295 (11.61) 329.5 (12.97) 359.6 (14.16)
H1 158 (6.22) 175 (6.89) 190 (7.48)
45.9 49.8 48.6 48.6 57.4 61.2 65.1 64.4 64.4 61.2 61.2 67 70.8 78.5 72.9 76.6 82.6 68.9 72.7
E (1.81) (1.96) (1.91) (1.91) (2.26) (2.41) (2.56) (2.54) (2.54) (2.41) (2.41) (2.64) (2.79) (3.09) (2.87) (3.02) (3.25) (2.71) (2.86)
55.4 60.1 58.7 58.7 69.3 73.9 78.5 77.7 77.7 73.9 73.9 80.8 85.5 94.7 88 92.5 99.7 83.1 87.8
F (2.18) (2.37) (2.31) (2.31) (2.73) (2.91) (3.09) (3.06) (3.06) (2.91) (2.91) (3.18) (3.37) (3.73) (3.46) (3.64) (3.93) (3.27) (3.46)
17 17 17 17 17 21 21 20 20 17 17 17 21 23 17 20 23 17 21
G (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.83) (0.83) (0.79) (0.79) (0.67) (0.67) (0.67) (0.83) (0.91) (0.67) (0.79) (0.91) (0.67) (0.83)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 6.1 (13.4) 9.5 (20.9) 12.9 (28.4)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-35
Stainless Steel Housing: DY015/E1 to DY100/E1
Flange type
Unit : mm
32.5 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
20 (0.78) (1.28) 14.5 (0.57) EARTH TERMINAL (approx. inch)
58 (2.28)
5
(0.19)
ø78 (3.07)
91 (3.58)
75.5 (2.97)
T
H1
H
N - øG
øD
øJ
øC
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY015/E1 DY025/E1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5
130 160 130 140 160 150 190 150 170 190
L (5.12) (6.30) (5.12) (5.51) (6.30) (5.91) (7.48) (5.91) (6.69) (7.48)
C 14.6 (0.58) 25.7 (1.01)
95 95 115 88.9 95.3 95.3 120.7 95 95.3 120.7 125 125 130 108 124 124 149.4 115 124 149.4
D (3.74) (3.74) (4.53) (3.5) (3.75) (3.75) (4.75) (3.74) (3.75) (4.75) (4.92) (4.92) (5.12) (4.25) (4.88) (4.88) (5.87) (4.53) (4.88) (5.87)
265.5 265.5 275.5 262.5 265.5 265.5 278.5 265.5 265.5 278.5 282.5 282.5 285 274 282 282 294.7 277.5 282 294.7
H (10.45) (10.45) (10.85) (10.33) (10.45) (10.45) (10.96) (10.45) (10.45) (10.96) (11.12) (11.12) (11.22) (10.79) (11.10) (11.10) (11.60) (10.93) (11.10) (11.60)
H1 127 (5) 129 (5.08)
12 14 20 11.2 14.2 21 28.8 16 19.9 28.8 14 16 22 14.2 17.5 24 34.9 18 24 34.9
T (0.47) (0.55) (0.79) (0.44) (0.56) (0.83) (1.13) (0.63) (0.78) (1.13) (0.55) (0.63) (0.87) (0.56) (0.69) (0.95) (1.37) (0.71) (0.95) (1.37)
70 70 80 60.5 66.5 66.5 82.6 65 66.5 82.6 90 90 95 79.2 89 89 101.6 85 89 101.6
J (2.76) (2.76) (3.15) (2.38) (2.62) (2.62) (3.25) (2.56) (2.62) (3.25) (3.54) (3.54) (3.74) (3.12) (3.51) (3.51) (4.00) (3.35) (3.50) (4.00)
N 4 4
15 15 19 15.7 15.7 15.7 22.4 14 15.7 22.4 19 19 19 15.7 19 19 25.4 14 19 25.4
G (0.59) (0.59) (0.75) (0.62) (0.62) (0.62) (0.88) (0.55) (0.62) (0.88) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.62) (0.75) (0.75) (1.00) (0.55) (0.75) (1.00)
4.3 4.4 6 4.2 4.4 4.7 6.8 4.3 4.6 6.9 7 7.2 8.7 6.7 7.3 7.8 11.2 7 8 11.5
WEIGHT kg (lb) (9.5) (9.7) (13.2) (9.3) (9.7) (10.4) (15.0) (9.5) (10.1) (15.2) (15.4) (15.9) (19.2) (14.8) (16.1) (17.2) (24.7) (15.4) (17.6) (25.4)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY040/E1 DY050/E1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD4 CA4 CA5
150 200 150 185 200 170 230 170 205 230
L (5.90) (7.88) (5.90) (7.28) (7.88) (6.69) (9.06) (6.69) (8.07) (9.06)
C 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01)
140 140 160 127 155.4 155.4 177.8 150 155.4 177.8 155 155 165 152.4 165.1 165.1 215.9 165 165.1 215.9
D (5.51) (5.51) (6.30) (5.00) (6.12) (6.12) (7.00) (5.90) (6.12) (7.00) (6.10) (6.10) (6.50) (6.00) (6.50) (6.50) (8.50) (6.50) (6.50) (8.50)
297 297 307 290.5 304.7 304.7 315.9 302 304.7 315.9 326.5 326.5 331.5 325.2 331.5 331.5 357 331.5 331.5 357
H (11.69) (11.69) (12.09) (11.44) (12.00) (12.00) (12.44) (11.89) (12.00) (12.44) (12.85) (12.85) (13.05) (12.81) (13.05) (13.05) (14.06) (13.05) (13.05) (14.06)
H1 136 (5.36) 158 (6.22)
16 18 26 17.5 20.6 28.8 38.2 18 28.8 38.2 16 18 26 19.1 22.4 31.8 44.5 20 33.3 46
T (0.63) (0.71) (1.02) (0.69) (0.81) (1.13) (1.51) (0.71) (1.13) (1.51) (0.63) (0.71) (1.02) (0.75) (0.88) (1.25) (1.75) (0.79) (1.31) (1.81)
105 105 120 98.6 114.3 114.3 124 110 114.3 124 120 120 130 120.7 127 127 165.1 125 127 165.1
J (4.13) (4.13) (4.72) (3.88) (4.50) (4.50) (4.88) (4.33) (4.50) (4.88) (4.72) (4.72) (5.12) (4.75) (5.00) (5.00) (6.50) (4.92) (5.00) (6.50)
N 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8
19 19 23 15.7 22.4 22.4 28.4 18 22.4 28.4 19 19 19 19 19 19 25.4 18 19 25.4
G (0.75) (0.75) (0.91) (0.62) (0.88) (0.88) (1.12) (0.71) (0.88) (1.12) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (1.00) (0.71) (0.75) (1.00)
8.3 8.5 12 8.2 9.4 11.4 16.3 8.9 11.8 16.4 11.2 11.7 14.4 11.8 13.3 14.9 26.6 11.4 15.9 27
WEIGHT kg (lb) (18.3) (18.7) (26.5) (18.1) (20.7) (25.1) (36.0) (19.6) (26.0) (36.2) (24.7) (25.8) (31.7) (26.0) (29.3) (32.8) (58.6) (25.1) (35.1) (60.0)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY080/E1 DY100/E1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD2 BD3 to BD4 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 to BD2 BD3 to BD4
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD2 FD3 to FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 to FD2 FD3 to FD4 CA4 CA5
200 245 200 235 250 220 240 280 220 270 285
L (7.88) (9.65) (7.88) (9.25) (9.84) (8.66) (9.45) (11.02) (8.66) (10.63) (11.22)
C 71 (2.80) 93.8 (3.69)
185 200 210 190.5 209.6 209.6 241.3 200 200 209.6 241.3 210 225 250 228.6 254 273 292.1 273 292.1
D 220 (8.66) 235 (9.25)
(7.28) (7.87) (8.27) (7.50) (8.25) (8.25) (9.50) (7.87) (7.87) (8.25) (9.50) (8.27) (8.86) (9.84) (9.00) (10.00) (10.75) (11.50) (10.75) (11.50)
358.5 366 371 361.5 370.8 370.8 386.5 366 366 370.8 386.5 386 393.5 406 395.3 408 417.5 427 398.5 417.5 427
H 391 (15.39)
(14.11) (14.41) (14.61) (14.23) (14.60) (14.60) (15.22) (14.41) (14.41) (14.60) (15.22) (15.20) (15.49) (15.98) (15.56) (16.06) (16.44) (16.81) (15.69) (16.44) (16.81)
H1 175 (6.89) 190 (7.48)
18 22 32 23.9 28.4 38.2 44.5 20 24 39.7 46 18 24 36 23.9 31.8 44.5 50.9 46 52.4
T 20 (0.79) 24 (0.94)
(0.71) (0.87) (1.26) (0.94) (1.12) (1.51) (1.75) (0.79) (0.94) (1.56) (1.81) (0.71) (0.94) (1.42) (0.94) (1.25) (1.75) (2.00) (1.81) (2.06)
150 160 170 152.4 168.2 168 190.5 160 160 168 190.5 175 185 205 190.5 200.2 216 235 216 235
J 180 (7.09) 190 (7.48)
(5.91) (6.30) (6.69) (6.00) (6.62) (6.61) (7.50) (6.30) (6.30) (6.61) (7.50) (6.89) (7.28) (8.07) (7.50) (7.88) (8.50) (9.25) (8.50) (9.25)
N 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
19 23 23 19 22.4 22.4 25.4 18 18 22.4 25.4 19 23 25 19 22.4 25.4 31.8 25.4 31.8
G 18 (0.71) 22 (0.87)
(0.75) (0.91) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.88) (1.00) (0.71) (0.71) (0.88) (1.00) (0.75) (0.91) (0.98) (0.75) (0.88) (1.00) (1.25) (1.00) (1.25)
17.5 20.1 25.5 20.1 23.9 25.5 35.8 19.5 20.1 27.2 36.4 22.9 26.9 38.2 27.5 36 50.9 56 52.9 56.7
WEIGHT kg (lb) 23.3 (51.4) 27.5 (61.0)
(38.6) (44.3) (56.2) (44.3) (52.7) (56.2) (80.0) (43.0) (44.3) (60.1) (80.2) (50.5) (59.3) (84.2) (61.0) (79.4) (112.2) (123.4) (117.0) (125.0)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-36
Stainless Steel Housing: DY150/E1 to DY400/E1
Flange type
Unit : mm
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (approx. inch)
32.5 EARTH TERMINAL
20 (0.78) (1.28) 14.5 (0.57)
58 (2.28)
5
(0.19)
ø78 (3.07)
91 (3.58)
75.5 (2.97)
T
N - øG
H1
H
øD
øJ
øC
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY150/E1 DY200/E1
BD1 to BD3 to
PROCESS BD2 BD4
CONNECTION BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 FD1 to FD3 to BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4
BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD2 FD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 FD1 FD2 FD3 FD4 CA4 CA5
270 310 336 270 325 340 310 370 386 310 375 390
L (10.63) (12.20) (13.23) (10.63) (12.80) (13.39) (12.21) (14.57) (15.20) (12.21) (14.76) (15.35)
C 138.8 (5.46) 185.6
280 305 355 279.4 317.5 356 381 285 300 356 381 330 350 342.9 381 419.1 469.9 340 340 360 375 419.1 469.9
D (11.02) (12.01) (13.98) (11.00) (12.50) (14.02) (15.00) (11.22) (11.81) (14.02) (15.00) (12.99) (13.78) (13.50) (15.00) (16.50) (18.50) (13.39) (13.39) (14.17) (14.76) (16.50) (18.50)
440 452.4 477.5 439.7 458.5 478 490.5 442.5 450 478 490.5 497 507 503.5 522.5 541.5 567 502 502 512 519.5 541.5 567
Shedder Bar Material: L, E, X (17.32) (17.81) (18.80) (17.31) (18.05) (18.82) (19.31) (17.42) (17.72) (18.82) (19.31) (19.57) (19.96) (19.82) (20.57) (21.32) (22.32) (19.76) (19.76) (20.16) (20.45) (21.32) (22.32)
H
447 459.4 484.5 446.7 465.5 485 497.5 449.5 457 485 497.5 504 514 510.5 529.5 548.5 574 509 509 519 526.5 548.5 574
Shedder Bar Material: B (17.60) (18.09) (19.07) (17.59) (18.33) (19.09) (19.59) (17.70) (17.99) (19.09) (19.59) (19.84) (20.24) (20.10) (20.85) (21.59) (22.60) (20.04) (20.04) (20.43) (20.73) (21.59) (22.60)
Shedder Bar Material: L, E, X 209 (8.23) 241 (9.49)
H1
Shedder Bar Material: B 216 (8.50) 248 (9.76)
22 28 44 25.4 36.6 54.4 62 22 28 55.7 63.6 22 30 28.4 41.1 62 69.9 24 24 30 34 63.6 71.4
T (0.87) (1.10) (1.73) (1.00) (1.44) (2.14) (2.44) (0.87) (1.10) (2.19) (2.50) (0.87) (1.18) (1.12) (1.62) (2.44) (2.75) (0.94) (0.94) (1.18) (1.34) (2.50) (2.81)
240 260 295 241.3 269.7 292 317.5 240 250 292 317.5 290 305 298.5 330.2 349.3 393.7 295 295 310 320 349.3 393.7
J (9.45) (10.24) (11.61) (9.50) (10.62) (11.50) (12.50) (9.45) (9.84) (11.50) (12.50) (11.42) (12.01) (11.74) (13.00) (13.75) (15.50) (11.61) (11.61) (12.20) (12.60) (13.75) (15.50)
N 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 8 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 12
23 25 33 22.4 22.4 28.4 31.8 22 26 28.4 31.8 23 25 22.4 25.4 31.8 38.1 22 22 26 30 31.8 38.1
G (0.91) (0.98) (1.30) (0.88) (0.88) (1.12) (1.25) (0.87) (1.02) (1.12) (1.25) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (1.00) (1.25) (1.50) (0.87) (0.87) (1.02) (1.18) (1.25) (1.50)
33.5 43.5 76.5 36.5 54.5 84.5 106.1 33.5 43 90.1 107.1 45.5 52.5 55.5 80.5 136.1 182.1 46.4 46.4 53.7 56 139.1 183.1
WEIGHT kg (lb) (73.9) (96.0) (168.7) (80.5) (120.2) (186.3) (234.0) (73.9) (94.8) (198.7) (236.1) (100.3) (115.7) (122.4) (177.5) (300.0) (401.5) (102.3) (102.3) (118.4) (123.5) (306.7) (403.7)
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY250/E1 DY300/E1 DY400/E1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 370 (14.57) 400 (15.75) 520 (20.47)
C 230.8 (9.09) 276.2 (10.87) 354.2 (13.94)
400 430 406.4 444.5 445 480 482.6 520.7 560 605 596.9 647.7
D (15.75) (16.93) (16.00) (17.50) (17.52) (18.90) (19.00) (20.50) (22.05) (23.82) (23.50) (25.50)
568 583 571.2 590.5 620.5 638 639.3 658.5 745 767.5 763.5 788.5
H (22.36) (23.07) (22.49) (23.25) (24.43) (25.12) (25.17) (25.93) (29.33) (30.22) (30.06) (31.04)
H1 277 (10.91) 307 (12.09) 374 (14.72)
24 34 30.2 47.8 24 36 31.8 50.8 28 46 36.6 57.2
T (0.94) (1.34) (1.19) (1.88) (0.94) (1.42) (1.25) (2.00) (1.10) (1.81) (1.44) (2.25)
355 380 362 387.4 400 430 431.8 450.9 510 540 539.8 571.5
J (13.98) (14.96) (14.25) (15.25) (15.75) (16.93) (17.00) (17.75) (20.08) (21.26) (21.25) (22.50)
N 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 16 16 16 16 20
25 27 25.4 28.5 25 27 25.4 31.8 27 33 28.5 35.1
G (0.98) (1.06) (1.00) (1.12) (0.98) (1.06) (1.00) (1.25) (1.06) (1.30) (1.22) (1.38)
78.1 100.1 90.1 125.1 100.1 128.1 140.1 178.1 265.1 308.1 300.1 370.1
WEIGHT kg (lb) (172.1) (220.7) (198.7) (275.8) (220.7) (282.4) (308.9) (392.6) (584.4) (679.2) (661.6) (816.0)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-37
Stainless Steel Housing Reduced Bore Type (/R1/E1): DY025/R1/E1 to DY150/R1/E1
Flange type
Unit : mm
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (approx. inch)
32.5 EARTH TERMINAL
20 (0.78) (1.28) 14.5 (0.57)
58 (2.28)
5
(0.19)
ø78 (3.07)
91 (3.58)
75.5 (2.97)
T
H
H1
øCS
N - øG
øD
øC
L
øJ
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY025/R1/E1 DY040/R1/E1 DY050/R1/E1 DY080/R1/E1 DY100/R1/E1 DY150/R1/E1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 150 (5.91) 150 (5.91) 170 (6.69) 200 (7.87) 220 (8.66) 270 (10.63)
C 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69) 138.8 (5.46)
CS 14.6 (0.57) 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69)
125 125 108 124 140 140 127 155.4 155 155 152.4 165.1 185 200 190.5 209.6 210 225 228.6 254 280 305 279.4 317.5
D
(4.92) (4.92) (4.25) (4.88) (5.51) (5.51) (4.94) (6.12) (6.10) (6.10) (6.00) (6.50) (7.28) (7.87) (7.50) (8.25) (8.27) (8.86) (9.00) (10.00) (11.02) (12.01) (11.00) (12.50)
280.5 280.5 272 280 290 290 283.5 297.7 304.5 304.5 303.2 309.5 341.5 349 344.5 353.8 371 378.5 380.3 393 421 433.5 420.7 439.5
H
(11.04) (11.04) (10.71) (11.02) (11.42) (11.42) (11.16) (11.72) (11.99) (11.99) (11.94) (12.16) (13.44) (13.74) (13.57) (13.93) (14.61) (14.90) (14.97) (15.47) (16.57) (17.07) (16.56) (17.31)
H1 127 (5.00) 129 (5.07) 136 (5.35) 158 (6.22) 175 (6.89) 190 (7.48)
14 16 14.2 17.5 16 18 17.5 20.6 16 18 19.1 22.4 18 22 23.9 28.4 18 24 23.9 31.8 22 28 25.4 36.6
T
(0.55) (0.63) (0.56) (0.69) (0.63) (0.71) (0.69) (0.81) (0.63) (0.71) (0.75) (0.88) (0.71) (0.87) (0.94) (1.11) (0.71) (0.94) (0.94) (1.25) (0.87) (1.10) (1.00) (1.44)
90 90 79.2 89 105 105 98.6 114.3 120 120 120.7 127 150 160 152.4 168.2 175 185 190.5 200.2 240 260 241.3 269.7
J
(3.54) (3.54) (3.12) (3.50) (4.13) (4.13) (3.88) (4.50) (4.72) (4.72) (4.75) (5.00) (5.91) (6.30) (6.00) (6.62) (6.89) (7.28) (7.50) (7.88) (9.45) (10.24) (9.50) (10.62)
N 4 4 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12
19 19 15.7 19 19 19 15.7 22.4 19 19 19 19 19 23 19 22.4 19 23 19 22.4 23 25 22.4 22.4
G
(0.75) (0.75) (0.62) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.62) (0.88) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.75) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.75) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (0.88)
6.2 6.6 5.6 7.1 9.7 10.2 9.5 12.7 10.6 11.2 11.5 13.7 18.7 21.8 22 27 25.1 30.1 30.7 41.4 46 56.4 49.5 71.8
WEIGHT kg (lb)
(13.7) (14.6) (12.3) (15.7) (21.4) (922.5) (21.0) (30.1) (23.4) (24.7) (25.4) (30.2) (41.2) (48.1) (49.0) (60.0) (55.3) (66.4) (67.7) (91.3) (101.4) (124.3) (109.1) (158.3)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-38
Stainless Steel Housing Reduced Bore Type (/R1/E1): DY200/R1/E1
Flange type
Unit : mm
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (approx. inch)
32.5 EARTH TERMINAL
20 (0.78) (1.28) 14.5 (0.57)
58 (2.28)
5
(0.19)
ø78 (3.07)
91 (3.58)
75.5 (2.97)
T
N - øG
øC
H1
S
H
øD
øC
øJ
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY200/R1/E1
PROCESS BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 310 (12.20)
C 185.6 (7.31)
CS 138.8 (5.46)
D 330 (12.99) 350 (13.78) 342.9 (13.50) 381 (15.00)
Shedder Bar Material: L, E, X 465 (18.31) 475 (18.70) 471.5 (18.56) 490.5 (19.31)
H
Shedder Bar Material: B 472 (18.58) 482 (18.98) 478.5 (18.84) 497.5 (19.59)
Shedder Bar Material: L, E, X 209 (8.23)
H1
Shedder Bar Material: B 216 (8.50)
T 22 (0.87) 30 (1.18) 28.4 (1.12) 41.1 (1.62)
J 290 (11.42) 305 (12.01) 298.5 (11.75) 330.2 (13.00)
N 12 12 8 12
G 23 (0.91) 25 (0.98) 22.4 (0.88) 25.4 (1.00)
WEIGHT kg (lb) 58.8 (129.6) 74.2 (163.6) 70.8 (156.1) 103 (227.1)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-39
Stainless Steel Housing Reduced Bore Type (/R2/E1): DY040/R1/E1 to DY200/R2/E1
Flange type
Unit : mm
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (approx. inch)
91 (3.58)
75.5 (2.97)
T
N - øG
H1
H
øD
S
øC
øJ
øC
TYPE REMOTE
MODEL CODE DY040/R2/E1 DY050/R2/E1 DY080/R2/E1 DY100/R2/E1 DY150/R2/E1 DY200/R2/E1
PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2
CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2
L 150 (5.91) 170 (6.69) 200 (7.87) 220 (8.66) 270 (10.63) 310 (12.20)
C 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69) 138.8 (5.46) 185.6 (7.30)
CS 14.6 (0.57) 25.7 (1.01) 39.7 (1.56) 51.1 (2.01) 71 (2.79) 93.8 (3.69)
140 140 127 155.4 155 155 152.4 165.1 185 200 190.5 209.6 210 225 228.6 254 280 305 279.4 317.5 330 350 342.9 381
D
(5.51) (5.51) (4.94) (6.12) (6.10) (6.10) (6.00) (6.50) (7.28) (7.87) (7.50) (8.25) (8.27) (8.86) (9.00) (10.00) (11.02) (12.01) (11.00) (12.50) (12.99) (13.78) (13.50) (15.00)
288 288 281.5 295.7 297.5 297.5 296.2 302.5 319.5 327 322.5 331.8 354 361.5 363.3 376 406 418.5 405.7 424.5 446 456 452.5 471.5
H
(11.34) (11.34) (11.08) (11.64) (11.71) (11.71) (11.66) (11.91) (12.58) (12.87) (12.70) (13.06) (13.94) (14.23) (14.30) (14.80) (15.98) (16.48) (15.97) (16.71) (17.56) (17.95) (17.82) (18.56)
H1 127 (5.00) 129 (5.07) 136 (5.35) 158 (6.22) 175 (6.89) 190 (7.48)
16 18 17.5 20.6 16 18 19.1 22.4 18 22 23.9 28.4 18 24 23.9 31.8 22 28 25.4 36.6 22 30 28.4 41.1
T
(0.63) (0.71) (0.69) (0.81) (0.63) (0.71) (0.75) (0.88) (0.71) (0.87) (0.94) (1.11) (0.71) (0.94) (0.94) (1.25) (0.87) (1.10) (1.00) (1.44) (0.87) (1.18) (1.11) (1.62)
105 105 98.6 114.3 120 120 120.7 127 150 160 152.4 168.2 175 185 190.5 200.2 240 260 241.3 269.7 290 305 298.5 330.2
J
(4.13) (4.13) (3.88) (4.50) (4.72) (4.72) (4.75) (5.00) (5.91) (6.30) (6.00) (6.62) (6.89) (7.28) (7.50) (7.88) (9.45) (10.24) (9.50) (10.62) (11.42) (12.01) (11.75) (13.00)
N 4 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12 8 12
19 19 15.7 22.4 19 19 23 19 22.4 19 23 19 22.4 23 25 22.4 22.4 23 25 22.4 25.4
G
(0.75) (0.75) (0.62) (0.88) (0.75) (0.75) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.75) (0.91) (0.75) (0.88) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (0.88) (0.91) (0.98) (0.88) (1.00)
7.8 8 7.7 8.9 10.1 10.6 10.7 12.2 13.7 16.3 16.3 20.1 21 25 25.6 34.1 40.4 50.4 43.4 61.4 62 69 72 97
WEIGHT kg (lb)
(17.2) (17.6) (17.1) (20.0) (22.3) (23.4) (23.6) (26.9) (30.2) (36.0) (36.0) (44.3) (46.3) (55.1) (56.4) (75.2) (89.1) (111.1) (95.7) (135.4) (136.7) (152.1) (158.7) (213.8)
(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/CRC.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-40
Remote Type Converter (DYA)
103.5 (4.07)
ø94 (3.70)
EARTH
87.5 (3.44)
TERMINAL
208.5 (8.21)
Weight: 1.9 kg (4.19lb), 4.1 kg (9.04lb) for /E1.
Note: For flowmeters with indicator, add 0.2 kg.(0.44lb), 0.3 kg (0.66lb) for /E1.
70 70
80 (2.76) (2.76) 80
(3.15) 60 60 (3.15)
50 (2.36) (2.36) 50
(Black) (White) (Red) (1.97) (1.97) (Red) (White) (Black)
(Yellow)*1 (Yellow)*1
20 25
(0.79) (0.98) 95
(3.74) (Blue)
ø9.2
(0.36)
Flowmeter
Converter
Sepcified
Length (L)
30m (max.)
DYC
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<13. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS> 13-41
Flameproof Packing Adapter (/G11, /G12)
T1 Unit : mm
(approx. inch)
Adapter body (M. Screw)
O-Ring
Packing case
16.5
(0.65) Hexagon socket set screw
Packing *
18 Hexagon socket set screw
(0.71)
O-Ring
F L O-Ring
G Washer C
Union nut
Packing gland
*Packing
Clamp ring
(Choose from the table below
depend on cable outside diameter) Clamp nut
T2 D
O-Ring
B.coupling
Cable (user’s scope)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-1
• Only trained persons use this instrument in Temperature Class: T6 (Remote Type Converter)
industrial locations. Ambient Temperature:
-30 to +60°C (With Indicator)
-40 to +60°C (Without Indicator)
Power Supply: 10.5 to 42Vdc max.
CAUTION Output Signal: Current Output; 4 to 20mAdc
Pulse Output; On=2Vdc, 200mA
• Process temperature and ambient
Off=42Vdc, 4mA
temperature on this section are
Special Fastener: Class A2-50 or more
specifications for explosion protected type.
Read section 13.1 “Standard Specifications”
before operating. • Intrinsically Safe
Applicable Standard: EN 60079-0: 2009,
EN 60079-0: 2012,
14.1 ATEX EN 60079-11: 2012,
EN 60079-26: 2007
WARNING Certificate: DEKRA 13ATEX0192 X
Type of protection:
• Only trained persons use this instrument in Ex ia IIC T4…T1 Ga (Integral Type)
industrial locations. Ex ia IIC T6…T1 Ga (Remote Type Detector)
• Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion Ex ia IIC T4 Ga (Remote Type Converter)
hazard. Group: II, Category: 2 G
Avoid any actions that cause the generation Ambient Temperature:
of electrostatic charge, such as rubbing with -50 to +60°C (Integral Type)
a dry cloth on coating face of product. -50 to +80 [+79]°C (Remote Type Detector)
(Option /LT below -29°C, [ ] for Option /MV at T6)
(1) Technical Data -50 to +80°C (Remote Type Converter)
• Flameproof
Applicable Standard : EN 60079-0: 2009,
EN 60079-1: 2007
Certificate : DEKRA 11ATEX0212X
Type of Protection:
Ex d IIC T6…T1 Gb (Integral Type and Remote
Type Detector)
Ex d IIC T6 Gb (Remote Type Converter)
Group: II, Category: 2 G
Specification of Protection:
Temperature Class: (Integral Type and Remote
Type Detector)
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-2
Temperature Class: (2) Installation
(Integral Type)
Temperature Class Process Temperature WARNING
T4 -50°C to +135°C
T3 -50°C to +199°C • All wiring shall comply with local installation
T2 -50°C to +250°C requirements and local electrical code.
T1 –50°C to +250°C • Use the suitable heat-resisting cables (over
(Remote Type Detector) 90°C) for the digitalYEWFLO Series Vortex
Temperature Class Process Temperature *
Flowmeter when the ambient temperature
T6 –196°C to +84/[+79]°C
exceeds 60°C and/or the process
T5 –196°C to +100°C temperature exceeds 200°C.
T4 –196°C to +135°C • Cable glands and adapters shall be of Ex “d”
T3 –196°C to +199°C for Ex “d” installations.
T2 –196°C to +299/[+289]°C • Cable glands and adapters shall be installed
T1 –196°C to +449/[+439]°C so as to maintain the specified degree of
protection (IP Code) of the flowmeter.
*: Use /HT option above +250°C, use /LT option below -29°C,
[ ] for /MV option.
The grounding terminals are located on the inside
Electrical data: and outside of the terminal area.
Supply and Output Circuit Connect the cable to grounding terminal in
(SUPPLY + and -, PULSE + and -); accordance with wiring procedure (1) or (2).
Maximum Input Voltage Ui: 30Vdc
Maximum Input Current Ii: 300mA
(Read Contact rating for pulse output.)
Maximum Input Power Pi: 0.9 W
Internal Capacitance Ci: 14nF Case
Internal Inductance Li: 0mH
Electrical Connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female,
ISO M20 X 1.5 female
Cable Washer
Special conditions for safe use
• Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk Screw
from electrostatic discharge of painted parts. Screw
• When the enclosure of the flow meter or the
Washer
flow converter are made of aluminum, if it is Cable Clamp
mounted in an area where the use of EPL Ga (1) Internal grounding terminal (2) External grounding terminal
equipment is required, it must be installed such F1401.ai
that, even in the event of rare incidents, ignition Figure 14.1 Wiring Procedure for Grounding
Terminals
sources due to impact and friction sparks are
excluded.
• The dielectric strength of at least 500 V a.c.
r.m.s. between the intrinsically safe circuits and
the enclosure of the flow meter or the converter
is limited only by the overvoltage protection.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-3
(3) Operation (5) Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe
(and Note)
WARNING [Integral type] Hazardous Non Hazardous
Location Location
• In case of Flameproof, wait 3 min. after Safety barriers
DY (Flowmeter)
+ + +
power is turned off, before opening the SUPPLY - -
covers. -
PULSE
• Take care not to generate mechanical + + +
- -
spark when access to the instrument and
peripheral devices in hazardous locations.
[Remote type without built-in Temperature sensor]
Hazardous Non Hazardous
Location Location
Safety barriers
(4) Maintenance and Repair DY-N (Detector) DYA (Converter)
+ + +
A A SUPPLY - -
B B -
WARNING T T
C
PULSE
+ + +
- -
• The instrument modification or parts DYC: Signal cable
replacement by other than authorized [Remote type with built-in Temperature sensor]
representative of Yokogawa Electric Hazardous Non Hazardous
Location Location
Corporation is prohibited and will void the Safety barriers
certification. DY-N (Detector) DYA (Converter)
+ + +
A A SUPPLY - -
B B -
T T PULSE
C + + +
- -
DYC: Signal cable
Electrical data:
Signal/Supply Circuit (Terminals SUPPLY + and –):
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 300 mA, Pi = 0.9 W (linear source),
Ci = 14 nF, Li = 0 mH
Pulse Circuit (Terminals PULSE + and –):
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 300 mA*, Pi = 0.9 W (linear source),
Ci = 14 nF, Li = 0 mH
*: Refer to “Contact rating” for the maximum current value of
Pulse Circuit
Note:
- It shall be assured that the voltage difference between the
output circuits of the associated apparatus (safety barriers)
is not more than 30V.
- Cables for the connection for Signal/Supply Circuit and
Pulse Circuit shall be of Type A or B in accordance with EN
60079-14, otherwise the sum of Io of the associated
apparatus (safety barriers) shall be not more than 300 mA.
F1402.ai
F1403.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-4
(7) Name Plate
[Integral type, Flameproof]
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*1) The first number in the second block of “NO.” column is the
last one number of the production year. For example, the
year of production of the product engraved as follows is year
2015.
NO. S5K965926 535 7
Produced in 2015
*2) The product - producing country
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-5
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-6
(3) Operation
• Explosion proof
WARNING
• In case of Explosion proof, note a warning
label worded as follows.
Warning: OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE
REMOVING COVER.
INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL (IM)
01F06A00-01EN.
• Take care not to generate mechanical
spark when access to the instrument and
peripheral devices in hazardous locations.
WARNING
• The instrument modification or part
replacements by other than authorized
representative of Yokogawa Electric
Corporation is prohibited and will void the
approval of FM Approvals.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-7
(5) Control Drawing
0RGHO '<6HULHV 'DWH$SULO
'UDZLQJV
,QVWDOODWLRQ'LDJUDP
+D]DUGRXV/RFDWLRQ 1RQ+D]DUGRXV/RFDWLRQ
,QWULQVLFDOO\VDIH &ODVV,,,,,,'LYLVLRQ
*URXSV$%&'()DQG*
DQG&ODVV,=RQH*URXS,,&
>,QWHJUDOW\SH@
6DIHW\EDUULHUV
'<IORZPHWHU
683//<
38/6(
>5HPRWHW\SH@
6DIHW\EDUULHUV
'<1IORZPHWHU '<$FRQYHUWHU
$ $ 683//<
% %
7 7
38/6(
&
6LJQDO&DEOH'<&
:LUHIRU7WHUPLQDO
:LWKWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUW\SH LQVWDOOHG
:LWKRXWWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUW\SH QRWLQVWDOOHG
(OHFWULFDOSDUDPHWHUVRIYRUWH[IORZPHWHU'<DQGYRUWH[IORZFRQYHUWHU'<$
9PD[ 9 ,PD[ P$ 3L :
&L Q) /L P+
,QVWDOODWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWVEHWZHHQIORZPHWHUFRQYHUWHUDQG6DIHW\%DUULHU
5HY 9WRU9RF 9PD[ ,WRU,VF ,PD[ 3R 3L
&D &L&FDEOH /D /L/FDEOH
9W9RF,W,VF3R&DDQG/DDUHSDUDPHWHUVRIVDIHW\EDUULHU
1RWH
,QDQ\VDIHW\EDUULHUXVHGRXWSXWFXUUHQWPXVWEHOLPLWHGE\DUHVLVWRU
¶5·VXFKWKDW,VF 9RF5
5HY $Q\6LQJOH)0$SSURYHG%DUULHURIPXOWLSOHEDUULHUV)0$SSURYHGIRUWKLV
FRQILJXUDWLRQZKR
VSDUDPHWHUVPHHWWKHDERYHLQVWDOODWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWV
,QSXWYROWDJHRIWKHVDIHW\EDUULHUPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9UPV9GF
5HY ,QVWDOODWLRQVKRXOGEHLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK1DWLRQDO(OHFWULFDO&RGH$16,
1)3$
'XVWWLJKWFRQGXLWVHDOPXVWEHXVHGZKHQLQVWDOOHGLQFODVV,,DQG,,,
HQYLURQPHQWV
'RQRWDOWHUGUDZLQJZLWKRXWDXWKRUL]DWLRQIURP)0
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-8
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-9
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-10
Special conditions for safe use (3) Operation
• Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk
from electrostatic discharge of painted parts. WARNING
• When the enclosure of the flow meter or the
flow converter are made of aluminum, if it is • In case of Flameproof, wait 3 min. after
mounted in an area where the use of EPL Ga power is turned off, before opening the
equipment is required, it must be installed such covers.
that, even in the event of rare incidents, ignition • Take care not to generate mechanical
sources due to impact and friction sparks are spark when access to the instrument and
excluded. peripheral devices in hazardous locations.
• The dielectric strength of at least 500 V a.c.
r.m.s. between the intrinsically safe circuits and
the enclosure of the flow meter or the converter (4) Maintenance and Repair
is limited only by the overvoltage protection.
(2) Installation WARNING
Case
Cable Washer
Screw
Screw
Washer
Cable Clamp
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-11
(5) Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe (7) Name Plate
(and Note) [Integral type, Flameproof]
[Integral type] Hazardous Non Hazardous
Location Location
Safety barriers
DY (Flowmeter)
+ + +
SUPPLY - -
- *2
PULSE
+ + + [Remote type detector, Flameproof]
- -
[Remote type with built-in Temperature sensor] [Integral type, Intrinsically safe]
Hazardous Non Hazardous
Location Location
Safety barriers
DY-N (Detector) DYA (Converter)
+ + +
A A SUPPLY - -
B B -
T T PULSE *2
C + + +
- - [Remote type detector, Intrinsically safe]
DYC: Signal cable
Electrical data:
Signal/Supply Circuit (Terminals SUPPLY + and –):
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 300 mA, Pi = 0.9 W (linear source),
Ci = 14 nF, Li = 0 mH
Pulse Circuit (Terminals PULSE + and –): *2
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 300 mA*, Pi = 0.9 W (linear source), [Remote type converter, Intrinsically safe]
Ci = 14 nF, Li = 0 mH
*: Refer to “Contact rating” for the maximum current value of
Pulse Circuit
Note:
- It shall be assured that the voltage difference between the
output circuits of the associated apparatus (safety barriers) *2
F1408.ai
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-12
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-13
(2) Wiring (5) Installation Diagram Intrinsically Safe
(and Note)
• Explosion proof
Intrinsically safe
WARNING Hazardous Location Non Hazardous
Location
Group IIC, Zone 0
• All wiring shall comply with Canadian
Electrical Code Part I and Local Electrical Class I, II, III, Division 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G
Codes.
[Integral type]
• In Hazardous locations, wiring shall be in Safety barriers
DY (flowmeter) + + +
conduit as shown in the figure.
SUPPLY - -
• A SEAL SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN -
PULSE
50cm OF THE ENCLOSURE. + + +
- -
• When the equipment is installed in Division
2, “FACTORY SEALED, CONDUIT SEAL [Remote type]
Safety barriers
NOT REQUIRED”. DY-N (flowmeter) DYA (converter) +
+ +
A A SUPPLY - -
B B -
T T (*1) PULSE
C + + +
(3) Operation - -
DYC: Signal cable
• Explosion proof (*1) Wire for T terminal
With temperature sensor type : installed
Without temperature sensor type: not installed
WARNING
Electrical parameters of vortex flowmeter (DY) and vortex flow
• In case of Explosion protected type, note a converter (DYA).
Ui (Vmax)=30 V Ii (Imax)=165 mA Pi (Pmax)=0.9W
warning label worded as follows. Ci=12 nF Li=0.15 mH
Warning: OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE
Installation requirements between flowmeter, converter and
REMOVING COVER.
Safety Barrier
• Take care not to generate mechanical Uo Ui Io Ii Po Pi Co Ci+Ccable
spark when access to the instrument and Lo Li+Lcable
Voc Vmax Isc Imax Ca Ci+Ccable
peripheral devices in hazardous locations. La Li+Lcable
Uo, Io, Po, Co, Lo, Voc, Isc, Ca and La are parameters of
barrier. F1409.ai
WARNING WARNING
• The instrument modification or part • In any safety barrier used output current
replacements by other than authorized must be limited by a resistor ‘R’ such that
representatives of Yokogawa Electric Io=Uo/R or Isc=Voc/R.
Corporation are prohibited and will void CSA • The safety barrier must be CSA certified.
Certification. • Input voltage of the safety barrier must be
less than 250Vrms/Vdc.
• Installation should be in accordance with
Canadian Electrical Code Part I.
• Dust-tight conduit seal must be used when
installed in class II and III environments.
• Do not alter drawing without authorization
from CSA.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-14
Type “n” and Non-incendive (6) Dual Seal (Option code: /CF11, /CS11)
Dual Seal:
Hazardous Location Non Hazardous
Class IIC, Zone 2, Location Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI/ISA
Class I, II, 12.27.01
Division 2,Groups A, B, C, D,
E, F and G,
No additional sealing required.
Class III, Division 1 General Purpose Primary seal failure annunciation: at the O-ring seal
[Integral type] Equipment portion between shedder bar and amplifier housing.
DY (flowmeter) + + Power +
SUPPLY – Supply –
–
PULSE + +
+
– Receiver –
[Remote type]
DY-N (flowmeter) DY (converter) + + Power +
A A SUPPLY – Supply –
B B –
T T (*1) PULSE
C + + +
– Receiver –
DYC: Signal cable
(*1) Wire for T terminal
With temperature sensor type : installed
Without temperature sensor type: not installed
WARNING
• The general purpose equipment must
be CSA certified as the equipment which
have type n or non-incendive field wire
parameters.
• Installation should be in accordance with
Canadian Electrical Code Part I.
• Dust-tight conduit seal must be used when
installed in class II and III environments.
• Do not alter drawing without authorization
from CSA.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<14. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT> 14-15
14.5 TIIS
Certificate:
Remote
Integral Type
Shedder Type
Flowmeter
Model bar Detector
Material N (None D (With N (None
Indicator) Indicator) Indicator)
DY015 E TC14901 TC14912 TC14923
DY025/R1
DY040/R2 X TC18903 TC18914 TC18925
DY025 E TC19504 TC19513 TC19522
DY040/R1
DY050/R2 X TC18904 TC18915 TC18926
DY040 E TC19505 TC19514 TC19523
DY050/R1
DY080/R2 X TC18905 TC18916 TC18927
DY050 E TC19506 TC19515 TC19524
DY080/R1
DY100/R2 X TC18906 TC18917 TC18928
DY080 E TC19507 TC19516 TC19525
DY100/R1
DY150/R2 X TC18907 TC18918 TC18929
DY100 E TC19508 TC19517 TC19526
DY150/R1
DY200/R2 X TC18908 TC18919 TC18930
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<15. PED (PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE)> 15-1
(2) Installation
WARNING
• Please tighten the bolts for piping joint
according to the appropriate torgue values.
• Please take measure to protect the
flowmeters from forces caused by vibration
through piping.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT> 1
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT> 2
(5) Gaps between joint surfaces 5. External Wiring for Flameproof
The physical distance between two mating Apparatus
surfaces, or differences in diameters if the mating Flameproof apparatus require cable wiring for
surfaces are cylindrical. their electrical connections. For cable wiring, cable
glands (cable entry devices for flameproof type)
Note: The permissible sizes of gaps between joint surfaces, to wiring connections shall be attached. All non-
the path length of a joint surface and the number of joint
threads are determined by such factors as the enclosure’s live metal parts such as the enclosure shall be
internal volume, joint and mating surface construction, securely grounded. For details, read the “USER’S
and the explosion classification of the specified gases and
vapours. GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for
Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry,”
published in 1994.
4. Installation of Flameproof Apparatus
(1) Cable Wiring
(1) Installation Area • For cable wiring, cable glands (cable entry
Flameproof apparatus may be installed, in devices for flameproof type) specified or
accordance with applicable gases, in a hazardous supplied with the apparatus shall be directly
area in Zone 1 or 2, where the specified gases are attached to the wiring connections to complete
present. Those apparatus shall not be installed in a sealing of the apparatus.
hazardous area in Zone 0. • Screws that connect cable glands to the
apparatus are those for G-type parallel pipe
Note: Hazardous areas are classified in zones based upon
the frequency of the appearance and the duration of an threads (JIS B 0202) with no sealing property.
explosive gas atmosphere as follows: To protect the apparatus from corrosive gases
Zone 0: An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere
is present continuously or is present for long or moisture, apply nonhardening sealant
periods. such as liquid gaskets to those threads for
Zone 1: An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is
likely to occur in normal operation.
waterproofing.
Zone 2: An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere • Specific cables shall be used as recommended
is not likely to occur in normal operation and if it by the “USER’S GUIDELINES for Electrical
does occur it will exist for a short period only.
Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in
(2) Environmental Conditions General Industry,” published in 1994.
The standard environmental condition for the • In necessary, appropriate protective pipes
installation of flameproof apparatus is limited to (conduit or flexible pipes), ducts or trays shall
an ambient temperature range from –20°C to be used for preventing the cable run (outside
+40°C (for products certified under Technical the cable glands) from damage.
Criteria). However, some field-mounted • To prevent explosive atmosphere from being
instruments may be certified at an ambient propagated form Zone 1 or 2 hazardous
temperature up to +60°C as indicated on the location to any different location or non-
instrument name plates. If the flameproof apparatus hazardous location through the protective pipe
are exposed to direct sunshine or radiant heat or duct, apply sealing of the protective pipes in
from plant facilities, appropriate thermal protection the vicinity of individual boundaries, or fill the
measures shall be taken. ducts with sand appropriately.
• When branch connections of cables is made,
a flameproof or increased-safety connection
box shall be used. In this case, flameproof or
increased-safety cable glands meeting the
type of connection box must be used for cable
connections to the box.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
<INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT> 3
6. Maintenance of Flameproof Apparatus
To maintain the flameproof apparatus, do CAUTION
the following. (For details, read Chapter 10
Do not attempt to re-process threaded
“MAINTENANCE OF EXPLOSION-PROTECTED
connections or refinish joints or mating surfaces.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION” in the USER’S
GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for (c) Unless otherwise specified, the electrical
Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry.) circuitry and internal mechanisms may be
(1) Maintenance servicing with the power repaired by component replacement, as this
on. will not directly affect the requirements for
flameproof apparatus (however, bear in mind
Flameproof apparatus shall not be maintenance-
that the apparatus must always be restored to
serviced with its power turned on. However, in
its original condition). If you attempt to repair
cases where maintenance servicing is to be
the flameproof apparatus, company-specified
conducted with the power turned on, with the
components shall be used.
equipment cover removed, always use a gas
(d) Before starting to service the apparatus, be
detector to check that there is no explosive gas
sure to check all parts necessary for retaining
in that location. If it cannot be checked whether
the requirements for flameproof apparatus.
an explosive gas is present or not, maintenance
For this, check that all screws, bolts, nuts, and
servicing shall be limited to the following two items:
threaded connections have properly been
(a) Visual inspection
tightened.
Visually inspect the flameproof apparatus,
metal conduits, and cables for damage or (3) Prohibition of specification changes
corrosion, and other mechanical and structural and modifications
defects. Do not attempt to change specifications or make
(b) Zero and span adjustments modifications involving addition of or changes in
These adjustments should be made only to external wiring connections.
the extent that they can be conducted from the
outside without opening the equipment cover.
In doing this, great care must be taken not to 7. Selection of Cable Entry Devices for
cause mechanical sparks with tools. Flameproof Type
IM 01F06A00-01EN
i
Revision Information
Title: Model DY Vortex Flowmeter
Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter
Manual No.: IM 01F06A00-01EN
IM 01F06A00-01EN
ii
Edition Date Page Revised Item
8th Nov. 2005 2-7 Revision: Vertical Installation.
3-5 Revision: 7.
4-21-25 Revision.
4-24 Revision <K36>.
5-15 H27: Revision.
5-16 J10, J20: Revision.
8-2 Revision.
9-5 Revision of specification.
9-6 Revision of specification.
9-7 Revision of specification.
9-8 Revision of specification.
9-10 Table 9.4.3: Revision.
9-11 Revision of specification.
9-12 Revision of specification.
9-14 Table 9.5.1: Revision.
9-19 Tables: Revision.
9-20 Tables: Revision.
9-22 Tables: Revision.
9-23 Tables: Revision.
9-24 Revision.
9th May 2006 2-2 Revision.
2-3 Add a note to "Valve position (T-type pipe exist)" and "Heat - Insulation".
3-4 Revision: Figure 3.6.
4-9 Revision: Figure 4.5.
5-1 Add a "IMPORTANT" to 5.2.
5-5 Add Data Range to <E20>.
5-13 Add descriptions to <E20>.
5-14 Add a "IMPORTANT" to <F52>.
7-2 Revision figures.
7-3 Revision figures.
7-5 Revision figures.
Chap.9 Revision, Added optional items, etc.
10th Nov. 2006 2-2 Add discviptions of /R2.
4-14 Delete 4.6.2.
5-13 Delete a note.
7-1 Add to CAUTION.
7-4 Add to CAUTION.
9-5 Revisions.
9-6 Add /R2.
9-7 Add /R2.
9-8 Revisions.
9-9 Revision.
9-10 Add /R2.
9-11 Revisions.
9-14 Add /R2.
9-15 Add /R2.
9-16 Add /R2.
9-17 Add /R2.
9-18 Add /R2.
9-27 Revisions.
9-28 Revisions.
9-29/30 Add /R2.
10-4 Revision.
10-13 Revisions.
11th Aug. 2008 3-3 Additions.
4-1 Additions.
4-21 Additions.
5-2 to 8 Additions.
5-11 Additions.
5-13 Additions.
5-14 Additions.
6-1 Revisions of Figure 6.1.
7-4 Additions of Table 7.1.
7-5 Revisions of Figure 7.3.
7-7, 8 Corrections.
9-11 to 13 Additions.
9-14, 15 Revisions.
9-16 Corrections.
10-1 to 12 Chap.10 Revisions.
IM 01F06A00-01EN
iii
Edition Date Page Revised Item
12th Mar. 2010 1-1 Figure 1 Revision.
2-5 2.4 Revision.
2-7 Table 2.3 Revision.
3-2 Figure 3.2 Revision.
3-3 Table 3.1 Revision.
3-4 Figure 3.5 Revision.
4-9 Figure 4.4 Revision.
4-13 to 21 4.6 Revision.
5-4 D10 Revision.
5-8 K45 Revision.
5-12 NOTE Revision.
5-15 NOTE Revision.
6-1 NOTE Revision.
6-3 6.2.1 Revision.
9-2 9.2 Revision.
9-5 to 9-6 9.3 Revision.
9-7 to 9-8 9.4.1 Revision and add an option specification.
9-9 9.4.2 Revision.
9-16 Revision.
9-6 to 9-37 Revision and add /E1 drawings.
10-11 10.5 Revision.
13th Dec. 2011 5-12 Manual Change No. 10-005-1E
5-15
10-1
10-2
10-3-1
10-3-2
vi Add note (6).
4-1 Revision and delete (Table 4.1)
5-13 Revision (E30)
7-4 Revision (Table 7.4)
7-6 Revision (7.6 title)
9-2 Revision (Specification changes)
9-5 Revision (Specification changes, add MS Code)
9-6 Revision (Specification changes, Table 9.3.1)
9-7 Page alignment Table 9.3.2
9-10 Revision (Specification changes, Table for MV)
9-11/14 Revision (Specification changes, for Explosion proof)
10-1/12 Revision (Specification changes, for Explosion proof)
EX-B03E_2 Revision (Specification changes, for TIIS Explosion proof)
14th Mar. 2012 vi Add Warning; Wet location
1-1 Correction (Chapter No.)
2-6 Correction (Chapter No.)
3-3 Add Note, *3
5-5 Correction (unit)
5-7 Correction (time unit)
5-8 Correction (K45)
5-12 Add parameter item D40,
5-13, 14 Correction D43
5-16 Correction (unit)
Chapter 7 Revision (J40) Revision (HART5 and DTM menu tree)
Chapter 8 Add HART7
9-1 Add Note
9-2 Minor amendment (ex.Chapter number)
10-2 Revision 10.1
10-4 Revision (10.5 Vortex Shedder Removal)
10-7 Add Footnote
Chapter 12 Add HART7, Revision of Ex-proof descriptions
Chapter 13 Revision of Ex-proof descriptions
IM 01F06A00-01EN
iv
Edition Date Page Revised Item
15th Aug. 2012 2-3 Correction (Figure, Word)
2-5 Correction (Word)
3-7, 3-8 Correction
5-2, 5-4, 5-5, 5-15 Correction
7-5 Correction (Word)
7-7 Add (RW)
8-7, 8-8 Correction
8-15 Correction (Word)
8-18 Add (RW)
8-19 Add (R)
10-2 Revision
10-4 Revision (Table 10.1)
10-6 Correction
12-3 Add table.
12-5 Revision
12-6 Revision
12-8 Revision
12-9 Revision (Note7, 8, 9)
12-11 Correction
12-12 to 12-14 Revision (Explosionproof)
12-15 Add DY250/HT and DY300/HT
12-19 Revision
12-20 to 12-38 Revision
13-1, 13-2, 13-4 Revision for ATEX
13-5 Correction for FM
13-7, 13-8 Add IECEx explosion proof
13-12 Revision for the table of IECEx.
16th Oct. 2013 Contents Corrected
1-3 Added to Trademarks
3-1 to 3-4 Added to DY400
4-3 to 4-4 Corrected Section 4.3
4-8 Deleted ATEX Type n
4-9 Added to Figure 4.12
6-1 to 6-10 Added to DY400
6-11 Added to description in parameter number A30
6-15 Added to description in parameter number E10
6-19 Added to description in parameter number K45
11-2 Added to description for changing the converter and the terminal box orientation
11-4 Added to DY400
11-6 Corrected Figure 11.4
13-1 to 13-41 Revised Chapter 13
14-1 to 14-4 Deleted ATEX Type n
14-4 to 14-6 Corrected FM
14-14 Added to DY400
15-1 Corrected Chapter 15
17th Feb. 2014 4-1 Add CAUTION
4-2 Add descriptions 4.2
4-4 Add *5
4-8 4.6 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval
11-1 11 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval
11-2 11.1 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval
11-4 Change Table 11.1 Torque Value
13-1 Change Degree of Protection, Revision
13-2 Add *1 to Contact rating
13-3 Change PED descriptions
13-5 Change *10
13-9 Change Note 8 and 9, Figure 13.5
13-11 Revise Note 1
13-20 Add Note(*), Revise ATEX Intrinsically Safe Approval
13-21 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval, Add IECEx Intrinsically
Safe Approval
13-22/40 Delete Locking Screw descriptions
14-1/4 Change ATEX Intrinsically Safe Approval descriptions
14-7/8 Add Control Drawing descriptions
14-9 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval, Add IECEx Intrinsically
14-15 Revise TIIS Certification table
15-1 Revise PED descriptions
IM 01F06A00-01EN
v
Edition Date Page Revised Item
18th Oct. 2014 Bind Manual Change No.14-011V-E
6-2/10 6.3 Improve the table of Parameter List
7-1 7.1 Add IMPORTANT
13-1 13.1 Add an item to Ambient Temperature Range
13-6, 7 Table 13.1, 13.2 Improvements of Tables
13-8 Add Applicable Model to WP
13-9 Revise Note9
13-13 13.5 Add Note2
13-21, 14-12 Revise Ambient Temperature of CS1
13-27, 30 Revise a title
13-24 Revise as same as SD 01F06A00-03EN
19th Nov. 2015 3-3 Revise Pressure and Temperature Taps
13-1/2 Change words (refer → read)
13-3 Revise PED
13-5 Add Suffix Codes
13-7 Add Flanges (R13) to Table 13.2
13-8/13 Correct/Change words
13-19 Add Error that is due to the pressure change
13-20/21 Correct/Change words
13-23, 24, 26, 27, Add Flanges (R13)
35, 36
14-1/14 Correct/Change words
Revise Ambient Temperature
15-1 Revise PED
IM 01F06A00-01EN